# Category: Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1984

## THIRTIETH ANNIVERSARY OF THE UNIFICATION CHURCH

By Fami1yfed June 23, 2018 June 23, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1984

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### May 1, 1984
World Mission Center
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

My prayer on this historic day the thirtieth anniversary of the foundation of the Unification Church, was centered upon unity. Through this prayer. I sent Heung Jin to spirit world to achieve unification; all the barriers between people there have been broken down. Through the cooperation of the work of Heung Jin in spirit world and the work of the True Parents on the earth, an unprecedented unification between those worlds will be achieved. We are moving into a new era in which we shall! realize the creation of the Fatherland here on earth. Likewise, we shall realize the unification of spiritual and physical worlds and we shall see the unification of different parts of this world, including all the races and religions of man.

The subjective role must be fulfilled on the earth; thus you are in the subjective position for the entire dispensation. It is not just Adam and Eve who were in the position to be subjects to the archangel; today the True Parents’ work here on earth, supported by all the members of the church, shall take the central, subjective role. Spirit world, centered upon Heung Jin, will respond to the earth to the degree that we accomplish. That was the central theme of my prayer today.

We are here today to celebrate the thirtieth anniversary of the foundation of the Unification Church. Here on earth there are powerful nations playing major roles, whether on the side of good or evil. Examples are the Soviet Union and the United States-these two powerful nations are confronting each other. For the sake of the consummation of human history, we must somehow achieve unity rather than conflict. The original ideal when the earth was first begun was for one nation under God as well as one ideal world under God. Therefore, it is the ultimate and final goal for mankind as well.

Who shall play the major role in accomplishing this one world under God? Of course, it is human beings who must do it. There are multitudes of people in the world and we could classify them into two basic categories- those who are good and those who are evil. They are all intermingled in this world. What is the definition of good or evil people? We need to understand the difference.

Today we must come to realize a very fundamental reality. Whether people have believed in it or not, the spirit world has always been interacting with the physical world. Human beings have lived in both worlds since the beginning of history, so spiritual phenomena have been with us continuously in the past and the present. Therefore, all people living on the earth are being affected by either good spirits or evil spirits. Thus we can classify people according to what kind of spirits are affecting them. Good people are being assisted by good spirits and bad people ‘are being affected by bad spirits.

One simple definition of good people are those who are following a constant, unchanging goal in life. Evil people are continually changing, depending upon their own interests. All human beings are born with their original nature which is basically good; therefore all people are born with the tendency to be good. This good, inborn mind of people is represented by what we call the conscience. We can measure the actions of anyone according to the standards of conscience and determine whether he is a good or an evil person.

We could say that the person who follows his conscience aligns himself with the vertical straight line. His body moves in a horizontally straight line, which creates harmony with that vertical line and that makes the perfect man. Man is the unique creation of God that walks upright, on only two legs. Man is supposed to follow the vertical line of his conscience so his body is a symbol of his conscience. People walk upright, not stooped or bent because there is only one straight way, not two or more. Therefore, all human beings-whether black, white or yellow-are supposed to follow the one straight way, represented by the vertical and horizontal lines.

The harmony of a 90 degree relationship between the vertical and horizontal lines will create harmony within a person. When you intersect two lines at exactly 90 degree angles, you create four angles of 90 degrees each; altogether you have 360 degrees. If someone is building a tall building such as the New Yorker, it is most important that the foundation be built upon an absolutely straight horizontal line. As the building is built upward, it must maintain an absolutely vertical, 90 degree angle with the foundation. Building the kingdom of Heaven requires the same thing. The building material is men and women, who must grow in an absolutely vertical and absolutely horizontal direction. That kind of blueprint will produce the “skyscrapers” the perfect people-of the ideal human world.

We could symbolize the United States as a building. If we went down and inspected its basement and found that it was not built straight we would know that the building would not stand much longer. It would have to be rebuilt from the beginning, according to the absolute horizontal standard.

Before we can build the ideal world or the Kingdom of Heaven, we have to be able to produce a seed or a prototype which can be used as the standard for the men and women of that world. Where can such a perfect prototype be found? That has been the question of people throughout history. Where can perfect men and women be found?

Perhaps someone would say that the United States is the place where such perfect people can be found. After all, there are a lot of beautiful women and handsome men here, aren’t there? Does America have those perfect people the world is searching for? How about the communist world? Unfortunately, the perfect people for the seeds of the ideal world cannot be found either in the U.S. or the communist world. This is the problem.

Because of the fall of man. all the original seeds have been destroyed; therefore, mankind has not been able to find its original seeds. Therefore, God has told man through His revelations that He will send to this earth the original seed, the prototype for all people. Good spirit men have wanted that original seed to come to the earth as quickly as possible. But there are a lot of evil spirit men too, who have said, “No, no! We don’t want to see that kind of seed! What we have is good enough!”

Goodness must always be founded upon an unchanging quality. Even from the materialistic viewpoint, those things which are considered treasures are gems like diamonds, which represent unchanging hardness. Likewise, people value gold for its unchanging color which will never tarnish. Pearls, too, have the unchanging ability to harmonize. These jewels represent qualities of goodness.

Looking back on human history, we can see how many different philosophies have arisen and then failed. So many different nations and political powers have come and gone. But one thing has stood the test of time and that is the basic principle of the religious way of life; that basic principle has remained and has not changed. All the people of the greatest goodness throughout history came out of the religious world. Why is that? What they were teaching was one, unchanging principle and they truly represented goodness and God.

Evil has come and gone throughout history. Evil nations have sprung up and prospered for a time but then they eventually crumbled. Those evil nations have always been destroyed by their own evil: the principles of goodness work against their corruption. Always the chastisement of those evil nations and people comes from those within the religious realm. It is those people who have told the evil world, “You are going to perish if you don’t change.” Relentlessly, those predictions have come true; one evil nation after another has come and gone. When an evil nation is in the midst of prosperity, it thinks it can survive forever, but it is always destroyed eventually.

Do you think that once the ideal world arrives it will change constantly or will it be guided by an unchanging, eternal principle? Is that eternity applicable only to white people? Do you think that only the developed, wealthy countries will be happy and the underdeveloped nations will be their slaves in the eternal ideal world? No, the ideal world must be a world in which everybody is happy and everybody is treated fairly and justly. Goodness in the ideal world belongs to everybody.

People in this world try to judge others by material standards and external appearances. They think that if someone has nice clothing, a good car, and lives well, he must be a respectable person. But do you think that the Utopian world can be evaluated by material means? No, that world will be one in which there is unity between people’s minds and bodies, where God and man are perfectly united.

Why should God need a Utopian world? After all, doesn’t He have everything He needs? A Utopia is a world in which people appreciate its treasures and at the same time God feels and appreciates its treasures. There can be no Utopia that God doesn’t appreciate. Throughout history, good and evil forces in spirit world have been battling to pull the world to their opposing sides. The good spirit world has been trying to inspire the creation of the ideal world, centered upon God and at the same time, evil spirit world centered upon Satan has been trying to maintain their power over this world. Each side wanted to take all of mankind toward their side; they have been in this spiritual tug-of-war.

The world of goodness will not be one of conflict and competition. The only competition between people will be to outdo each other in giving and serving for the sake of others. But evil has the manner of always trying to challenge, confront and control the other. Evil has always tried to destroy goodness, saying, “I’m going to knock you out.” Goodness has always responded, “I have the power to destroy you, but I’m going to be patient. You can continue to do your evil work and you will eventually run out of power.”

Let’s compare two people in a relationship. One person always behaves in a belligerent, aggressive way, trying to hurt the other, while the other is able to take that hatefulness with patience and not return it. We can say that a good husband is one who can take sharp treatment from his wife and still be patient. She might act like a sharp-clawed cat who scratches him from head to toe. Or perhaps she is like a mean bulldog who bites him all the time. The good husband is one who never reacts to her.

Likewise. we can look at history from this point of view. There is always one power which is aggressive, seeking to crush others. Another power is always being hit and taking it. surviving. This has been the role of religious people and nations throughout history. The amazing thing is that the religious world has never been destroyed; in fact, it has always survived and even prospered in the face of persecution. That is another important principle in history.

The history of the world is nothing more than the extension of the history of individuals. Have we seen that good people have been in the position of the greatest power and influence in the world? Have we seen that good spirit world has been working with those in the wealthy and comfortable positions or those who are religious and suffering?

How can we classify the authenticity of a religion? We can determine the depth and strength of any religion by its ability to withstand persecution. Does that make sense to you? Do you agree that the religion with the most goodness is the one which receives and survives the most persecution?

How can we tell the difference among Christians? The person who is persecuted more and still endures, preserving the goodness within, is the one who is the better Christian. Likewise among the Moonies there are those who are better and those who are inferior in their faith. Which are you?

Among the trainees of the 120-day workshop there are those who have better faith and lesser faith. For example, Dr. Kim is a famous professor from a famous university; for his whole life of sixty years, he has lived in a distinguished manner. Then there is another trainee who is a humble person from Africa. Is it automatically the case that Dr. Kim is the better Moonie, just because he is well educated and distinguished? No, that is not my criterion. I evaluate the Moonies according to how much they are willing to go out and serve others, do fundraising, witnessing, and endure hardships. The ones who do those things the most are the best Moonies. Therefore I told Dr. Kim, “If you want to be the best Moonie, then get out of here and go fundraising.” And he did it. Do you think that this criterion is a good one?

This same criterion applies to Reverend Moon as well. How can God determine whether I am living up to my position of teacher? He can judge me according to whether I am working harder than any other Moonies. If I am doing that, I am the best teacher. If I am not doing that but am just speaking empty words, living differently from what I am teaching, then I am the master of evil! That is how God can judge me. Since the church is led by me, as long as I maintain the spirit and way of life of serving others and taking on more suffering than others, this church will be safe from the invasion of evil.

I want you to understand that I have always endured hardships because my goal is the erection of the ideal world. My ultimate goal is to be able to give that world to humanity. That goal is the most precious and unchangeable. For that reason, I will not let up or relax one bit until I get there. I have endured hardships because I knew that I could speed up the establishment of the Utopian world in that very way. That is why I have eagerly taken upon myself the worst punishment and persecution.

Yesterday was the eleventh anniversary of my receiving permanent resident status in the United States. I could have been living comfortably throughout these past eleven years but I have not done that. I have not stopped for a moment from waging my battle and challenging this country. That is why I have received so much persecution from not only the public and the media but also the government, which is trying to put me in jail through this court battle. I have been telling the United States, “All your blessings do not belong to you! They belong to God and the rest of humanity. If you continue to misuse your blessings, you will face the worst sort of destruction.” I have been warning this nation, trying to save it from decline and disaster. I have been speaking only the truth and the truth is painful: therefore. America has reacted negatively to me.

When United States citizens hear the plain truth that I am speaking, they say. “Who do you think you are, Reverend Moon? You are just a yellow man from the Orient. We are first-class white people!” I have not been warning this nation for my own sake; it is only for the sake of this nation that I do it. Without changing, this nation will crumble and I want to save it from that. Furthermore, if this nation refuses to listen to me and crumbles instead, the principle will transfer its blessings to me.

In a way, we could say that God is observing a boxing match between one small yellow man and the giant, white nation of America. This heavyweight championship has been going on for the past eleven years. There are spectators from everywhere-not just from this earth but also from all over the spirit world, as well as God Himself. All those Heavenly observers have been cheering Reverend Moon on. Some people are clinging to their feelings of white supremacy, claiming that Reverend Moon will have to fail. Meanwhile. all the power of America is declining and Reverend Moon is rising up.

A normal boxing match is for fifteen rounds but I have now fought for thirty rounds. Once I have won this battle. there will be no more challengers. God is looking forward to having his loving son become the unchanging, eternal champion. Throughout history, God has been looking forward to that victory and now that contest is being fought.

So far, I have been opposed by virtually every facet of society. Every denomination of religions, including Judaism. Catholicism. Protestantism and so forth, all the races of humanity and all the nations have come against me. Every one of the missionaries that I sent out has suffered persecution. Therefore, once I become the winner after this sort of universal persecution. there can be no one who can challenge me further. The only one who is powerful enough to challenge me would be God Himself. But do you think God will want to challenge Reverend Moon?

All the opposition of Reverend Moon was supported by Satan and his forces in spirit world. Thus once I have won the victory, not only mankind but also Satan himself will have to surrender to God. That means Satan’s spiritual power as well as his physical power will have to surrender before me. Who else is left to challenge me after that? this is the unique time in human history in which we are living.

So far this morning, I have been trying to convey to you a clear definition of good and evil. We are always talking about the struggle between good and evil and so forth, but that definition is not clear and many people have been confused. I want to make it absolutely clear what is good and what is evil.

Although I started my mission as a solitary. unknown individual? I had the goal of achieving the salvation of the entire world and humanity. Thus even when I was alone, I always looked at the Korean nation within the context of the larger world. I always looked at my own family within the context of the Korean nation and myself within the context of that family, that nation, that world. This vision of the world has never been dim for me; it has always been clear. Therefore, even when I was working on the individual level of the dispensation, my battle was always universal and had historical and universal significance. Satan knew that my goal and my power was for the sake of the world; therefore he mobilized his forces throughout the world to stop me.

From the very beginning, I was battling as God’s champion and I was consistently being challenged by the worldwide Satan-not just the Korean satanic forces, not just the family satanic forces-the world and universal forces of Satan. Thus when I won the victory on the individual level, the significance had worldwide impact and I was able to move forward to the family level. I won as an individual, for the sake of the world. Then Satan mobilized his worldwide forces to destroy me at the family level and that is the way it has gone, all the way up to the present.

As I mentioned earlier, mankind has been awaiting the arrival of the original seed and prototype, which is the Messiah. The Messiah means True Parents. True Parents means perfect man and perfect woman. That means the vertical line and horizontal line have achieved the perfect ninety degree intersection for the first time in history. Satan knew that the perfect man and woman becoming the True Parents would be his most formidable enemies, so he mobilized his universal forces in a desperate effort to stop that from happening.

Within the Unification Church we have the tradition of the Blessing. Do you know what that Blessing is all about? Young men and women come out of the world, from the wild olive trees of the world. True Parents are stripping the branches from all the wild olive trees and transplanting them to the true olive trees. You are those branches and that is the Blessing.

While you are being cut away from the wild trees, you will naturally feel the pain of that severance. Everybody will complain and say, “Oh no! I don’t want to go through this!” Your parents will oppose you; you will not like what you are going through. However, without going through that process. there can be no new grafting and new growth.

Even after you are grafted into the new tree. you may not feel much joy. You still feel pain from the process of the grafting. Many think, “Boy, that’s my husband wife? Is that the ideal?” and your wounds have not been healed yet. But then after three years of married life, you will see all the new growth that is resulting from your union and you will find a great amount of satisfaction and joy. It takes at least three years together for your wounds to heal and for you to become new men and women.

The job of the Messiah is to do the grafting of all the men and women of the world. That is the most important job of the Messiah, changing the roots and lineage of mankind.

What is the hometown of the Moonies? The simple answer is that wherever the Parents are, that is your hometown. Because you belong to the Parents, your home is wherever they are. It is only natural that the children who come from a certain home will eat the same things as their parents, wear the same kinds of clothes and speak the same language as their parents. That is the reason I have asked you over and over to study Korean. You cannot claim to be the True Parents’ children unless you can speak their language.

People who do not understand what we are doing are scandalized by Reverend Moon. They say, “Look at what Reverend Moon has done! He is erasing the boundaries between nations and races, and he doesn’t recognize any sort of established power! Now he is trying to create something entirely new. He is dangerous and we’ve got to stop him!” Suppose your parents were to come and observe you sitting here on the floor on this Foundation Day. They would be shocked that you are not sitting on chairs. After all. that is not the American way! This is a weird church to them.

We are able to unite with both the Oriental and Western cultures. We can sit on the floor or we can sit on chairs. without any problem. Is that all right with you? Do you like this way? Well, then, why must I still rely on my interpreter? You think you know the True Parents’ love. but you are still very far away from it. You don’t really know it. All you have known is distorted, secular love, even perverted love in many cases. But that has nothing to do with True Parents’ love.

Do you have a home country? What is it? What is your home world? You can say, “The planet Earth is my home world, the place where True Parents came to dwell.” Your hometown is the same as the True Parents; your home country is the same as the True Parents: and your home world is the True Parents’. That is your destiny.

Thus for all the Moonies around the world, East Garden is their first home base. You should not look at East Garden through your eyeglasses tinted with nationalism. Don’t look at East Garden with your American glasses, German glasses, or Japanese glasses. If everybody is wearing eyeglasses, they challenge and accuse those who are not wearing them, saying there is something wrong with them!

As I have said, the original seed of mankind should appear here on earth. The original man and woman who have the perfect ninety degree intersection between the vertical and horizontal lines are what we call the True Parents. Of course, God knows when the True Parents appear, but so does Satan. Satan mobilized every power at his command to stop the True Parents so God had to have some sort of protection on the earth for them. That protection was the “fence” of religion.

God had an original plan for human history to proceed but because of the fall of man, that plan was thwarted. Improper dominion came about and the forces of evil took the upper hand in history, while the forces of goodness were on the bottom. The history of restoration is one of goodness moving up from the bottom position and evil moving down from the upper position. They are like two parallel lines which are moving toward the center, eventually to clash and cross to the opposite positions.

Evil spirit world has been occupying the upper position in the world, dominating the good spirit world. Thus evil has always tried to stop goodness from exerting influence and rising to the upper position.

In history, there was the individual crossing juncture in which the individual victory was won by the forefather of Israel, whose original name was Jacob. For the first time, the foundation was made and goodness won over evil. He had twelve children and together they created the first tribe. In trying to guide these children into a tribe, the teaching was always “Do not.”

The Old Testament way of teaching was to say, “Do not worship idols,” “Do not kill,” “Do not covet.” This is the most elementary form of teaching. When a parent is guiding his children. the simplest way is to say, “Do not go there,” or “Do not smoke,” “Do not drink.” and so forth. That is because the parent tries to protect the child from evil influences.

As you know, Jacob worked for 21 hard years under his uncle, Laban. He endured terrible hardship and persecution but managed to save his money and even amass a fortune. When he was leaving that land, he met with Esau. The victory of Jacob was not complete until he and Esau embraced in unity.

According to the Divine Principle, the elder son is the one who must receive the blessing or inheritance. Thus Jacob, in the position of second son, could not receive the blessing without restoring his birthright and taking the position of elder son. So one day, as you know, Jacob gave some pottage to Esau in exchange for the birthright. Since Esau took his birthright lightly, he was willing to sell it in that way. Thus the condition was already there to give the birthright to Jacob. For that reason, Jacob was entitled to receive the elder son’s blessing from Isaac. Isaac was a very old man and Jacob went before him, with the assistance of his mother, and received the elder son’s blessing.

I do not want to go into all the Divine Principle because you already understand these things. But the main point is that the elder son’s position must be restored in order to get the blessing from God.

Jacob’s foundation, which was on the family level, had to be enlarged to the victorious tribe foundation. For that reason, the Exodus of the Jews from Egypt occurred. As you know, Joseph, the son of Jacob, went first to Egypt and then the entire family of Jacob followed. There they multiplied under the dominion of Egypt, which was the satanic country. Finally 600,000 people left Egypt led by Moses and wandered through the Sinai desert, eventually entering into Canaan.

I want you to understand one thing that even the Principle doesn’t tell, and that is that Moses was supposed to have become the pharaoh of Egypt. Once that happened, it would have been much easier for the Jews to make their exodus or for the nation of Egypt to be transformed. But that didn’t happen. due to Moses’ hot temper. He had no endurance and he killed the Egyptian. Thus he had to take on extra hardships. He had to lead the people out of Egypt as their tribal leader toward Canaan. If Moses had the authority of a king, he would have been able to bring his twelve tribes of Israelites into Canaan and they would have had no problem destroying the seven satanic tribes there. However, Moses could not enter Canaan in that capacity at all.

If Moses could have entered Canaan as a king, it would have accelerated God’s dispensation tremendously. He could have established an empire and upon that foundation, the Messiah could have come. It would not have been difficult to bring the Roman Empire under that kingship. But because Moses failed to achieve the kingship, his people received incredible persecution from all sides. He had to enlarge the scope of success in the struggle against opposition-from family to clan, clan to tribe, and tribe to nation. However, there was a great hope that by laying down the foundation of the chosen people’ the nation of Israel would completely repel all opposition and then the Messiah could come and become the True Parent at that time.

At the time of Jesus, goodness should have already been restoring its original position on the upper line and evil should have been descending to the lower position. The time of Jesus was, in God’s plan, the fulfillment of history. Why was the chosen nation necessary? To bring the gentiles into harmony with God’s dispensation would have taken too much time and effort. Thus God created a special kind of orchard of wild, yet cultivated, olive trees so that He could restore them first. That was the Israel nation, together with the Jewish faith.

The principle always applies, so when brothers are fighting, Satan will come in, not the True Parents or the spirit of God. This is the absolute principle. True Parents can come only upon the unity between the brothers Cain and Abel. This is why the unity between Cain and Abel is so important. Cain is the elder brother, but he must go down to the lower position and the younger brother, Abel, is supposed to take the elder brother’s position. This dispensation is essential to receive the Messiah.

This is true simply because God cannot give the blessing to the younger brother. He has to go through the elder brother, but the elder brother has become the prey to Satan. For that reason, the younger brother must restore the elder brother’s birthright. If there had been no fall, God and Adam were supposed to be in the position to love the archangel. Thus Satan always has one very powerful claim to make. He says, “I may be fallen but you are not, God. Since you are perfect, you and your son are in the position to love me. Without that love. I will not be restored.” That is the claim Satan is always making.

For this reason, Jesus taught us to love our enemies, not just on the individual level, but we must love the enemy families, enemy tribes, the enemy world. Without loving them, there is no way we can restore the fallen archangel. Therefore, you must know very clearly that the subjugation of Satan, the archangel, and Cain will not come about through power, authority, or violence but only by love. Let them surrender voluntarily, that has always been God’s goal throughout history.

As you know, the 4,000 years of preparation in Biblical history were for only one thing, the coming of the Messiah. The Israel nation was staked out by God and Judaism was built. Upon that foundation, God’s goal was to send the Messiah end have him be received. The ideal situation would have been that Judaism and the Israel nation had embraced Jesus and centered upon him completely, accepting his direction absolutely. They should have said, “We are your children and you are our parent. You are our central figure and we will follow you completely.” That should have been the cry of the Israel people then.

But what actually happened? Did such obedience occur? No, the Israel people said, “Who are you? We follow Moses. We don’t know you. You are a man with demons.” and then they rejected Jesus completely. That was the equivalent of the children going against the parents. How could Jesus possibly install the True Parents in the midst of such a situation? Thus because of the total rebellion of the chosen people and the chosen faith, the inevitable consequence came: the crucifixion of Jesus.

As you know, God’s original plan was to install the authority of True Parents. In the name of True Parents, the Kingdom of Heaven will be installed here on earth. Likewise, in spirit world the Kingdom of Heaven will be installed in the name of True Parents. But in the name of just the single Messiah, the son of God, there is no way we can complete the Kingdom of God on earth and in Heaven. Today’s Christianity is confused. They do not understand why Jesus, although he taught about the Kingdom of Heaven, still said he was going to go to Paradise. Christianity today does not know why Jesus went to Paradise, which is like the waiting room for the Kingdom of Heaven.

The realization of the Kingdom of God on earth as well as in Heaven can only come about in the name of the True Parents and by their love. There is no other way. The fallen world has never before seen or heard of the True Parents. If this has been the reality of human history, how could anyone in spirit world ever experience the True Parents’ love?

The Kingdom of Heaven will never come unless the proper formula is followed. That formula requires the intersection of both the vertical line and the horizontal line, at a 90 degree angle. There is only one way to go. Ninety degree men and ninety degree women together create 180 degrees. Then, together with the children, they create 360 degrees. In this nucleus. every kind of love is contained-love between men and women, between parents and children, between brothers and sisters, and then there is the vertical love at the center. This is the nucleus of life, like the atom of the human family.

When men and women are united within the nucleus. centered upon God and True Parents’ love, and their children grow up in that kind of environment, there is no need for a special form of education such as churches and special prayers. Automatically. people are brought up into the citizenship of the Kingdom of Heaven and elevated to the Kingdom of Heaven in Heaven. That was God’s original design. There may be a squabble now and then and different disputes may arise within that nucleus of the family, but that is all right. The most important thing is that the nucleus never breaks up.

Many families today are falling apart because they don’t have the standard of the True Parents. The clearest example of this is the American family. There is no real cohesiveness between husband and wife, between parents and children, or between brothers and sisters. Men and women actually get married with the attitude that they will separate any time they wish. But what kind of love is that? It is nothing like a permanent love when people change partners according to their whims.

In the Utopian ideal, do you think the love within the family would be always changing? No, it would be an unchanging love. What is the purpose for God’s working so hard trying to build the Utopian world? What kind of treasure can God gain from that Utopia? He wants unchanging, true love. True love requires the love of God and the love of the True Parents coming together to create one central love, which will continue unchanged for eternity. God is the center and the True Parents are the representatives of that love.

Thus without God there can be no true love. Furthermore, without True Parents there can be no true love. Even though some people believe in God, if they don’t know True Parents, they can’t find true love. True love requires the recognition of both God and the True Parents because true love flows through them.

The realm of true love can come in a realistic way when there are three generations united: the grandparents united with the parents and the children. This is the formula for the Heavenly four-position foundation. Each unit of this formula must combine. Men must combine with women as the units of true love, creating the ideal couple. Do you want true love? Where can you get it? Only by going through the True Parents and God. True love has a good taste, doesn’t it? That same sweetness is enjoyed by God too. When a true man and a true women are in love, that is the very sweetness God has wanted to taste all this time.

You are heading toward the ideal of Heaven or Utopia, and that goal can only be reached through the path of a true family. Through the Divine Principle, you learned that God originally created mankind into two parts. How can they be combined into one? The only way that God’s original ideal of unity can be achieved is through true love, once Adam and Eve are matured. With that unity. God’s true love, the original plus love, could combine with man’s love, the minus love. God’s plus love would be coming down and man’s minus love would be going up.

With the coming together of God’s true plus love with man’s true minus love, everything would be accomplished. The Utopia would be achieved. Do you understand clearly how true love can come to you?

The coming of the True Parents is the greatest news for the fallen world because only through True Parents can the world taste, for the first time, true love. Human history has been heading toward that point of juncture in which evil is going down and good is going up. Then goodness will climb all the way up to the top and evil will go all the way to the bottom.

How can you push evil out of the world? It is only by enlarging the Abel realm that you can push evil completely away. When we speak of the last days, we are speaking of the coming of the Messiah, who will bring the showdown-that point of crossing between good and evil. The Messiah will come with the national foundation and the transfer will be made so that the new nation will begin.

The True Parenthood would have been installed at the time of Jesus if God’s dispensation had been fulfilled and the chosen people had followed Jesus as his children. Then their power would have grown and the nation of Israel would have become a mighty empire. The messianic empire would have spread throughout the Middle East and Asia, encompassing all the Cain-type religions. If such a great thing had happened, the Roman Empire would have been very small in comparison.

The Confucianist culture of China and the Buddhist culture of India would have joined with the messianic empire and automatically all of Asia would have been united. After that, the Roman Empire would have become isolated and powerless. Jesus as the True Parent should have gone east, which signifies the starting point. However, the crucifixion occurred and history went in the opposite direction. Christianity spread toward the west, through the Roman Empire. That was the indemnity course.

On the foundation of the crucifixion, the Christian culture moved westward to the island of England, then across the Atlantic Ocean to the United States, and then it moved on across the Pacific Ocean to the Far East. But the time for the worldwide showdown between Christ’s power and Satan’s power occurred during World War II. That war was the showdown for the survival of Christianity against satanic power. The entire Christian culture was confronted on the worldwide basis. By their victory, centering upon the Christian nation of the United States, a unique momentum was created for the unity of all the Christian empire.

This was the first time throughout history that Christian dominion over the world was possible, because the nations of Christian cultures united together and defeated the non-Christian nations. Upon the foundation of victory in World War II, the United Nations came into being. As a format, that was the right direction but the application was wrong.

There should have been another UN on the internal level, the religious UN In 1965, I came to the U.S. and met with former President Dwight D. Eisenhower. I stressed the importance of mobilizing the religious forces of the world to create the religious UN Otherwise the United Nations in New York would only become a propaganda tool for the communists. I stressed the importance of preventing the communists from running the UN and the importance of seizing that God-given opportunity at that time.

I came to gather the virgin men and women of the world. That is why the Unification Church today is composed of the most pure men and women of the world. We are a young people’s church because this is in accordance with God’s dispensation. The Messiah comes to work with the purest people, those who are unstained-the teenagers. That is because Adam and Eve fell during their teen years. Do you understand? This is the concept of restoration.

Just before the Exodus of the Jews. the power of God killed all the elder sons in Egypt, which is the occasion commemorated today by the feast of Passover. After the four hundred years of suffering by the Jews, God judged the satanic power, represented by the elder sons. However Satan was able to attack the Israelites later because of their faithlessness, on the foundation of God’s having killed all the Egyptians’ elder sons. So in a way that backfired against God. What happened to the Israelites? Every person who fled from Egypt was killed in the wilderness and only those of the second-generation, the teenagers, were able to actually enter Canaan.

As you can see, history is run by certain principles. Reverend Moon has exposed every secret of biblical history. This is a wonderful thing-no one else in the world has the power that you have, because of this understanding of the truth.

The two thousand years of Christian history have been an effort to create Christian territories throughout the world, particularly concentrating in the Far East. This is because God has been planning His special dispensation to come out of the Far East. When you see the blending between eastern and western cultures. you know that is the time of the Lord of the Second Advent. The Lord is coming again to bring the world together, west and east: that is happening today. Furthermore, God raised up a new Roman Empire in the United States of America.

I want you to understand why the Unification Church cannot be separated from Christianity. Many people have asked why we can’t just make a new religion, but it is impossible. We are speaking about the Second Advent, the second coming of the True Parenthood. The first True Parents were supposed to be Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden. and they failed. Jesus came as the First Advent. to become the True Parent, and it did not happen. Now. the Second Advent is happening. Therefore, we follow upon one continuum. Unificationism comes after Christianity and cannot be separated from it.

Christianity started from Jesus who came on the national base. while the Second Coming is on the worldwide base. The ultimate showdown will bring the entire world into restoration and that is the difference. The most ideal situation would have been the acceptance of the Messiah by the United States. together with the Christians of Korea. If that unity had been formed between the two nations and the two Christianities, and upon that base the Messiah had arrived, it would have been ideal.

Independence came to Korea in 1948 under President Syngman Rhee. But he was almost like an American-he was educated in the United States, he spoke Korean like an American and his wife was a Western woman. The Korean government in 1945 was basically an extension of the United States.

After World War II, the U.S. installed a military government in Korea headed by General Hodge. President Syngman Rhee was in the position to maintain his own cultural pride, not just listen to General Hodge. Actually, President Rhee was doing well for a while. For instance, the United States wanted to send all North Korean prisoners of war back to North Korea, but those who had surrendered in South Korea didn’t want to go back to the communists. The United States government was trying to push them back because they didn’t want any problems with North Korea. Then one night President Rhee, unbeknownst to the U.S. Army, opened the doors to the jails where those tens of thousands of North Korean soldiers were being held and they fled to freedom. That was a courageous act and it was according to the messianic ideal.

There were two outstanding Christian universities at that time in Korea, one of which was all-male. The other was the all-female Ewha University, which Dr. Kim came from. My desire was for those two universities to be restored. A great spiritual wave swept those two campuses and young men and women started coming to the Unification Church like an avalanche. But then what happened? Korean Christianity was supposed to welcome that situation because it was the messianic ideal, but instead missionaries from the United States, coupled with the power of the Korean government, tried to stop the positive trend. That was the beginning point of the persecution of the Unification Church.

Unity between Korean Christianity and the Messiah was the hoped-for ideal, but it did not occur. The Korean government and Korean Christianity, particularly that university, opposed me and thus the unity between the Messiah and Korean Christianity was shattered. It was because of that failure that I went to communist North Korea, the satanic land, and suffered so much in order to lay a new foundation. Then I returned to South Korea in 1954 and formally initiated the Unification Church. For the past 30 years, I have been rebuilding the Christian foundation through the Unification Church. In other words, the Unification Church was replacing the foundation of worldwide Christianity.

Thirty years ago this foundation began in Korea. then it expanded to Japan and then it came to the United States. At this time the United States is the major arena for the worldwide showdown. American Christianity has been opposing me all along but I have never been defeated here. The United States has failed in the past to unite with Asia, so I am creating a bridge between them.

Even though Jesus was crucified, his followers penetrated the Roman Empire and eventually subjugated it. By the same token at this time of the Second Advent, I came across the Pacific to the United States with my major disciples for the purpose of teaching American Christianity and bringing them up to the level of the messianic ideal so that they can unite with the East. Ultimately my goal was to go back to the East. I came to this Rome of the twentieth century with my twelve major disciples and my major dispensational work has been done here. Millions of people will be exposed to the True Parents’ tradition here in America-that is the special blessing for the United States.

At this time the only ideal you should have in your mind is that of the True Parents. Only the love of the True Parents should be your desire. That should be clear. Do you want to complain? Perhaps you say, “I need my own privacy.” But we are dwelling today in the modern-day wilderness. Can you imagine that when the original 600,000 people were traveling through the wilderness, they had a lot of individual privacy? No, it was only after the restoration of the 400 years of suffering in Egypt.

After the end of World War II in 1945, we began the period of wandering in the wilderness and it will continue through 1985. At this time, we are making restitution for the entire 2,000 years of Christian history. Our ultimate goal is the creation of the Fatherland. Thus that is our slogan for this year. These past 40 years have seen the greatest amount of turbulence in human history. There have been so many wars, tragedies and problems simply because God has been trying to condense 2000 years of restitution for Christian history into 40 years.

I want you to understand that Judaism has persisted throughout these thousands of years and likewise Christianity has prevailed for 2,000 years. But all of a sudden, during these past several decades we have witnessed the crumbling of those religions as well as others. Why have all these things happened? It is simply because the ultimate solution for the world has arrived and the other world religions are crumbling.

Young people all over the world will begin experiencing a new movement of spirit, particularly due to the ascension of Heung Jin. Forty years ago, a kind of Pentecost began at the two Korean universities I mentioned and it was abruptly thwarted. The same power of the spirit has been in abeyance for the past 40 years, but now that Heung Jin has ascended, we are witnessing the Unification Pentecost at last. Why did Heung Jin go to spirit world? Because he had to take upon his shoulders the entire burden for the Unification movement. He has entered the spirit world and has brought the Holy Spirit down here.

Since the True Parents are the center of the world, God cannot allow them to be sacrificed. For that reason, their precious, second son was offered instead. The entire family of the True Parents is living according to this principle. The eldest son, Hyo Jin, is in Cain’s position and Heung Jin was in Abel’s position. God took Abel as the sacrifice.

I knew that Heung Jin was destined to go to spirit world so I offered a special ceremony in the hospital, called the Unification Ceremony. Through that ceremony I offered Heung Jin as a sacrifice to God for the sake of unity. There has been a lack of unity between the three dispensational religions-Judaism, Christianity and the Unification Church. Also there has been a lack of unity between the primary nations-Korea, Japan, the United States and Germany. The unity of all these elements shall come about upon the sacrifice of Heung Jin.

Whatever elements of disunity have existed in the True Parents’ family shall be dispelled. I commissioned Heung Jin as the ambassador for the True Parents’ love to the spirit world, which had never tasted that love before. Even when Heung Jin’s life was hovering on the brink, I did not take the time to worry but only focused on the dispensation of God and the fulfillment of His will. Upon that foundation. I was in the position to declare for God The Day of Victory of True Love, January 3. Furthermore, I could declare the slogan for the year of Creation of the Fatherland.

Upon the foundation of the sacrifice of Heung Jin, a worldwide Pentecost is happening. At the time of the first Pentecost in Mark’s Upper Room, 120 people gathered together and received the Holy Spirit. Today people of 120 nations are coming together and receiving the Holy Spirit because of Heung Jin’s crusade in spirit world When Jesus was crucified. everyone thought his power was destroyed. but then the resurrection occurred and finally the Pentecost. From that point forward, Christianity was spread to the entire world. This is the beginning of the same phenomenon for our movement.

Knowing clearly that communism was encroaching upon South Korea, I went there last December and called the PWPA professors to join me. As you know, they had just completed a meeting in Chicago for the Science Conference and had barely gotten home when I called them to Korea. Seventy-two professors supported me and also they signed a pledge to commit their lives for the sake of God’s dispensation. Satan was very upset by all of that.

Two thousand years ago, Satan claimed the physical life of Jesus and thought he would be victorious. But he was wrong. Two thousand years later, Satan took away the life of Heung Jin and thought he would be victorious. However, he was wrong again. I transformed the sacrifice of Heung Jin into a tremendous victory for God. Why was I able to do that? Heung Jin was an extraordinary person as a direct descendant of the True Parents. he knew their love intimately. He is the only person ever to go to spirit world in that capacity.

As you know, Jesus himself was unable to consummate the love of True Parents. Therefore he did not know that love. Thus when Heung Jin went to spirit world, he was in the Abel position to Jesus in the Cain position. A new order was established in spirit world. Only after 2,000 years was Jesus able to form his Heavenly four position foundation, but after 40 days, Heung Jin’s four position foundation was accomplished. That is because of his foundation of the True Parents’ love.

Two thousand years ago. the Holy Spirit came to the 120 disciples gathered in Mark’s Upper Room and the dispensation for the worldwide spread of Christianity began. Today the world is on a new level because True Parents’ love has been established for the first time in spirit world through the ascension of Heung Jin. Therefore, a new unity can be achieved through all of spirit world, the physical world, all the heads of state and kings and queens of the world, as well as all the young people of both the free world and the communist world. All these elements can come together and a great new unity can occur.

In spirit world there are more than 120 heads of state who have been united and have recognized Heung Jin as their king. Those spirit people are coming down to the heads of state here on earth as well as to their own descendants and the people of their countries. pushing them toward the True Parents. Therefore, since Heung Jin’s ascension there have been tremendous phenomena, particularly in the Third World, of acceptance of the True Parents.

The advanced nations such as the United States arc in the position to work with the nations of the Third World and thus they will learn from those nations and discover who Reverend Moon truly is. During these three years, I am bringing together the four dispensational nations-Korea, Japan, the United States and Germany. They represent Adam, Eve. the Archangel. and Cain and Abel. This is the harvest season and we are bringing in the fruits. The harvest is coming first in the unity among those enemy nations.

Only I can do this type of thing-enemy countries are becoming brothers and sisters, creating a formidable foundation. That is what we call the IOWC movement. From the time of the initiation of IOWC, public opinion began to change.

Historians will record that Reverend Moon truly exemplified the command of Jesus: Love your enemies. Reverend Moon has been loving his enemies through every circumstance, including this recent court indictment and trial. I inspired the creation of the Inchon film for the purpose of awakening of the American public. Likewise I inaugurated the creation of The Washington Times to inspire righteous public opinion for the sake of America. These deeds will be recorded by future historians as manifestations of loving one’s enemies.

The court battle is still going on. The final showdown is coming during this month of May. We will see who will be the victor, who will capitulate to whom. What about you? Will you be on the side of the U.S. government or of Reverend Moon? Reverend Moon has done nothing wrong and has nothing to be ashamed of. Cain and Abel restoration will definitely occur. The power of Cain, the governmental power, will eventually be humble to the younger brother, Reverend Moon.

I want you to understand that I was supposed to have united the Christians of Korea by the time I was thirty years old. Thus the national level of unity would have occurred by then. However, because of the opposition and resistance of Korean Christianity, that was not possible. Today we are celebrating the day the Unification Church reaches the age of thirty. After reaching this age, we shall establish the worldwide foundation.

When Jesus was crucified, disunity was everywhere. His disciples deserted him and the nation of Israel was against him. Reverend Moon is now being crucified through this legal process. This crucifixion had to come because I was in the position to restore the events of 2,000 years ago. At this time. Christianity has stood with me: American public opinion is for me not against me; and ultimately the leaders of this nation will be in the position to support me. Over 120 million religious people are represented in the support of our case at this time.

Two thousand years ago, two thieves were crucified on either side of Jesus. The one on the left mocked him while the one on the right supported him. The modern terminology of left and right-wing has its roots in that occasion. Now, during the twentieth century and with the coming of the True Parents, the left and right sides of the world, that is the communist and free world, must come together to support the Messiah.

The thief on Jesus’ right said, “You are the son of God.” while the thief on the left said. If you are the son of God, why don’t you save yourself and us. too?” He laughed at Jesus; he was the representative of the godless power. Since that time. the right and left sides of the world have been disunited; however, now that the True Parents have come, these sides will unite.

Jesus was unable to speak much at all while he was hanging on the cross; ultimately he died. But at this time, even though Reverend Moon was legally crucified through the U.S. Court, I am still alive and have the ability to speak. If Jesus had had the strength, he could have spoken to the thief on the left and convinced him to support him; but he was silent. Today Reverend Moon does not have to be silent but can speak and convince those on the left to support him. Thus I am teaching the communists, “You are wrong. Please change and save yourselves.” I have never been silent and the worldview I have brought is being proclaimed.

The Christian religion, representing the thief on the right, is supporting me in this court battle. I knew that Christian unity would come and five years ago I created our interfaith movement. Today many Christian churches are wide open in acceptance of us.

The power of the Pentecost is coming closer and closer to the United States. Once you people, the Abel people representing 120 nations of the world, are totally united centering upon the True Parents, the rest of the world will become one. The ideal of one world shall become a reality. The struggle of Cain and Abel will be finally finished. Cain will be naturally subjugated and Abel will take the position of elder son. Their true brotherhood will be manifested and they will attend the True Parents together. That will be accomplished during the next three years. At the most, it will be prolonged to the next seven years.

This is why I have said that you will regret it if you don’t learn the Korean language by 1990. I am giving you 7 years to be able to listen to me without an interpreter. Do you think that is Reverend Moon’s personal thinking or is it the Providential will? It is the desire of God and the True Parents that all of you be able to spear; the mother tongue by 1990. Do you understand?

Today I did something unusual, I prayed at the beginning of this talk. The reason I did that was to make a declaration to Heaven and earth. I said that I sent my son, Heung Jin, to spirit world as the Messiah to unite them. My prayer was a declaration of unity between the spirit world, centered upon Heung Jin, and the physical world, centered upon True Parents. The True Parents are the subject of the entire universe.

You must pray for Heung Jin. The ascension of Heung Jin and the Holy Wedding eliminated all possibility of accusation from Satan for any sort of personal thinking for comfort or advantage. Thus when you pray in unity with Heung Jin’s spirit, there is no way for Satan to touch you. The elimination of Satan’s accusation against you automatically means you are restoring Satan’s property to the True Parents.

This is a key point. It means that the universal turning point has occurred. You should be saying to Heung Jin, “Don’t worry about me. I’m going to do my share and completely repel all satanic accusation.” That is the kind of strength I want you to have because you are in the subjective role in physical world to the spirit world. Don’t lose the dignity of your subjective role. Everything depends upon your attitude. Once you have the correct mind-set, incredible power will come down.

These three years are the most blessed ones. You will be able to make incredible, even miraculous things happen. It is not as important to have your own sons and daughters at this time. It is more important to restore the world now. You can devote these three years to going out and liquidating the satanic world. That is more important than anything else and that is Heung Jin’s spirit.

The True Parents’ family has always suffered first and has taken on indemnity. At this time, Hyo Jin’s wife, Nan Sook, is in the hospital and that has a dispensational meaning as well. You must love God and love True Parents, period.

No one before has ever dreamed of the dispensational things I am doing. Where else could you hear the things I am speaking to you? Imagine what the world would be without the knowledge of the Divine Principle and God and True Parents. There would be no possibility for a solution to the confusion of the world.

Perhaps someone has thought, “What is so important about the tragic death of one of Reverend Moon’s sons?” But they do not understand the position of Reverend Moon. People might well say, “What was so important about the death of Jesus Christ? He was just one person.”

Last night the European leaders, Reverend Kim and Reverend Abe, reported the tremendous things happening. I expected these things to happen, but you certainly did not. St. Francis appeared to one of our members and said that he had never been able to return to Italy even once since his death even though his whole life was spent there. But now Heung Jin assigned St. Francis to Home Church in Italy and he is jubilant to assist the True Parents’ dispensation there. Another person, a bishop, had been in charge of the southern part of Germany and had not been able to return there. Now Heung Jin has given him that area for his Home Church work.

Many of the people in spirit world were ignorant of Heung Jin’s position when he first arrived. They thought, “Here comes a Chinese boy.” But then, behind that “Chinese boy” was Jesus Christ. The people knew then that Heung Jin was an important person. Jesus spoke to them, “Don’t you understand? I am the elder Christ and this is the younger one, but he is my elder brother.”

Who else can understand these things I am saying? Everybody else in the world would just say, “Crazy!” But when you understand me correctly, you can understand what is going on in the spirit world. This is the age of the flood, the time to work like a flood or an avalanche. Have that kind of an impact upon the world. Overwhelm them like a flood. Have no fear. You have nothing to fear. Heung Jin has already posted the victory sign. All you have to do is walk toward that sign.

Today on this thirtieth anniversary of the Unification Church, we are entering into the true unification era. So far, we have been in the era of persecution but from this time on, we will experience what it would have been like if Jesus had been totally welcomed and accepted by the Israelites. The acceptance of the Unification Church by the world will begin from this day forward. This is the turning point and beginning of the new era of unification.

Therefore we must have strong faith. We have only one purpose, not two or more. We must build God’s nation. You should be able to say, “Today I have become a new person with new determination. I will follow you every step of the way. Trust us once more and we will bring victory in this new unification era. I don’t care about anything else, even my own family and posterity. I will worry about that later. Today I am concerned only about the victory of God and True Parents.”

If you will say that, please raise your hands and say Amen. Now, stand up, reach down to the floor and then raise your arms and shout, “Amen!” with me three times. Amen!

## GENERATION RECORD OF THE TRUE PARENTS’ LOVE

By Fami1yfed June 23, 2018 June 23, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1984

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### April 22, 1984
Belvedere
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

People today want to know how the True Parent was born, how he was raised, and how he is fulfilling his responsibility for the dispensation. These are fundamental things.

Words such as “I,” “we,” and “you,” are the most common words in any language. These are the words that specifically center upon people. When we say people, we include both men and women. Likewise, when we speak of an individual, we could mean either a man or a woman.

As men and women, we always want to know how we came into this world. That is a most fundamental question. Some women might say, “I was born for myself and for my own purpose.” But could that be possible, a world that exists only for women? No matter how great you may be as an individual woman, just a woman alone in the world could not go anywhere. Thus even if you achieved a certain success, with wealth and the ability to live quite well, if the world were composed of only single women, everything would end up in failure.

You may want to do well and make a tremendous accomplishment, but if your life is only for “I” or “myself’ alone, that would not be possible. Even if a woman has beauty that shines out to the world, that shine will fade away in just a matter of years. No matter how much glory you might receive, with people treating you like a queen and virtually worshipping you, still a woman alone is incomplete, incapable of progressing in the world.

Suppose there is a woman who owns an automobile studded with diamonds; or flies in a diamond-studded airplane. That woman might say, “I don’t need anything else; I have accomplished everything in this world that matters.” But is that true? Suppose she says, “I am the most powerful woman in the world; therefore, I don’t need anything else. I am perfectly fulfilled.” Can that be possible? Why not?

If that single woman thinks she can be fulfilled by those things alone, no matter how much she may proclaim her success, she is still a failure. In order to fulfill life, there must be something else. What is that particular thing which you would want, even at the expense of your whole self? It is not some big chunk of diamond, or a golden nugget, is it? What a woman needs more than anything else is the true love of a man.

Imagine if all the four billion people on the earth were women! What would you do? Wouldn’t you want to trade 3.99 billion women for just one crazy man? This is a very logical conclusion: without men, the world cannot go on. The same thing can be said about women.

What do you think, between “we” and “I ‘ which is the better word? But you changed your mind, didn’t you? Up till now, you have always thought, “I am the most important.” But we must chop down that “I” tree. This is the simplest kind of example but it shows a great deal of truth.

Everything is reciprocal and complementary. How about the way you walk? It must be with both legs in order to be complementary. You have to move with a certain amount of rhythm when you walk. What about God, then? Can God say only “I” or does He say “we”? Is there only one God or are there many Gods? You say there is just one, so He just says “I” all the time? Can it be that human beings like to say “we,” while God just likes to say “I”? What does God like? He also likes “we.”

Even though God is almighty, omnipresent and so forth, if He must remain alone, a solitary “I,” then He will be terribly unhappy. Thus God would even give up Himself in order to obtain the status of “we.” He really wants to be in the position to say “we.” If God could sell Himself, what would He buy in return? He would buy love. Thus the true meaning of the word “we” includes love. That is why “we” is so important.

“We” always means more than one person; thus it connotes the relationship of love. When you say “I live for the relationship of ‘we’,” you automatically mean you live for the sake of love. Even God is looking forward to love, which is the supreme value in the universe. That means He is looking forward to that “we” relationship, not merely the position of “I.” When God says “we,’ who can be entitled to participate in that relationship?

The simplest way to say it is that human beings are the only ones capable of participating in God’s “we.” People alone have the capacity to be included in such a relationship with God, certainly not monkeys, cows, lions and tigers. Those are beasts who crawl the earth on four legs, but human beings have the special privilege to stand straight up on two legs. When you really think about it, it is amazing that among all the creatures of the earth, human beings alone have the capacity to walk on two legs. Thus man is clearly different from the rest of the animals.

When God says “we,” what kind of value are we talking about? Is it a relative value or an absolute one? There is only one thing that can satisfy everybody to the fullest degree-that is true love. It satisfies “me,” “you,” and “we.” Are you looking forward to that true love? What about you men? You say “yes.” Who decided that “yes’ other than you?

When we men say “we,” we are speaking from the position of resultant beings, but our absolute cause is beyond ourselves. For example, you were not born into this world because of your own will. You did not cause yourself to be born; another cause, the absolute cause, brought you into this world. You are not the cause; therefore, you are the result.

Only after you are born can you become conscious and aware of yourself. Then you become aware that you need the “we” relationship. Therefore you are certainly not in the position of cause. You exist in a kind of trinity-there is God, you, and your object-a triangular relationship.

What was God’s purpose in creating this world? We come to the conclusion that God created this world in order to fulfill His ideal of true love. That is the only way we can explain it. Why did God create human beings? For the same reason-for true love. But true love for whom? Did man initiate the relationship of “we”? God did everything first, then we responded to it. For instance, God made the first laugh, then we responded to it. The first person to laugh was God, the first person to be joyful was God, and so on, to everything you can think of. The first word was God’s.

When you dance, you follow a certain rhythm. God was the first to initiate that rhythm. All things of beauty, joy and glory started out from God and human beings are the respondents to His initial action. Why were we born and why do we live? Can you answer that? We were born simply for the fulfillment of the love of God-that is the purpose of our life. If you have that, you don’t need anything else. Even if you have nothing to wear but a wet blanket, you can be happy if you have the love of God.

This is entirely logical. We humans were born to fulfill the love of God, period. Why do we live? We are living for the sake of the love of God. Thus love is part of the “we” relationship and God dwells within that relationship. People are born and live for the sake of that “we” relationship. From this statement, American individualism is broken into pieces.

Satan knew how to destroy the world of the love of God; therefore, he initiated the most effective means- individualism, or selfishness. You Americans like individualism, don’t you? If you say no, you are resembling God

Equality is born from the concept of “we.” Unfortunately, the attitude of most feminists is the “I” concept; likewise, many men think in the same terms. That is not the concept of equality. When you say “we,” it includes love. When you women talk about equality, you are automatically talking about the concept of “we.” But when you only want to talk about women and putting women first, then that is not the concept of “we.”

Therefore, we come to the conclusion that men are meant to live for the sake of women and women for the sake of men. That is the basic human relationship. People do not live for their own sakes but for the sake of others.

What do you suppose a woman thinks when she puts on earrings? She can’t see those earrings herself, so she must be thinking of appealing to somebody else’s eyes.

Do you suppose she wants to attract some larger woman, since she is a small woman? Is that the idea? Of course not. The answer is simple: she wants to put on earrings for the sake of some man. A man doesn’t wear such things, but he will be attracted to look more closely at a woman when she is wearing earrings.

You men were born for women, thus the parts of your body are not for your own sake but for the sake of women. Are they for the sake of other men? No. Women have their own special bodily areas. Why is that? Is that for the sake of other women? No. This is the fundamental point in discussions about men and women.

Even if a woman feels that she doesn’t want anything to do with men, her very body has something different to say. Once a month you have your period. Why does your body react that way? Your body behaves that way not for your own sake but for the sake of men. The body of a woman is constantly in expectation or readiness. Universal truth is telling women that you live for the sake of men and for the creation of children. Your body automatically strives to fulfill the purpose for which you were born.

Actually many women resent their biological cycles and reactions. They don’t understand why men don’t have to suffer the way they do. But it is the destiny of women to live through that monthly cycle and you have to accept it. A woman is likewise destined to welcome a man and have relationship with him.

Once man and woman are united completely, like a nut and bolt, even God Himself cannot pull you apart. God will join with you at that point. That is total, absolute unity when God joins in. In a thunderstorm, the low pressure and the high pressure areas in the atmosphere come together and mix. Then there is the flash of lightning and thunder and everything is shaken.

A man and woman come together like the two different poles of electricity. When they are united with true love, they create thunder and lightning and it shakes the entire universe. You blessed couples should experience this unity that is like a storm, with lightning and thunder. God comes to you to share in your ecstatic joy.

The thunderstorm is a symbolic expression of universal love. When a man and woman come together and resemble universal love, there is nothing wrong with your expression of that love. Even if you shout out to the world in your joy, it is all right. Furthermore, you give off a shining light to the world. Love has to be total. Once you are together in lawful love, such as the blessed couples, that action is totally justified and dignified. Therefore, the entire expression is acceptable.

When two animals come together in love, they make loving sounds together. For instance, the dogs make a certain sound of love. The sounds of loving sound good to others, including people. It is a harbinger of springtime. That is one expression by which the universe is teaching us how to love each other.

Even the most artistic, romantic, literary mind can only be ignited upon the understanding of this basic truth. Therefore, it is most important that your relationship be lawful and your object in love be eternal. Only upon that foundation can eternal love be conceived and imparted. Illicit or carnal love can never come to this level. Do you understand?

God is absolute and therefore you must be absolute as well; likewise your object must be God-given and absolute. For this reason, God created Adam and Eve. He knew that it was only through the relationship of men and women that the ideal of His love could be fulfilled. That is the reason it was absolutely necessary for God to create Adam and Eve on earth.

Moonies are the people who are clear on this point; and more than just understanding it, we practice it. When we consider the “we” relationship, we see that it exists on different levels. The family is in the realm of “we;” likewise, the society, nation, and world, as well as God and mankind.

However, the basic and most fundamental unit of “we” is husband and wife. This is the building block to create the family, society, nation and world. Husband and wife as the basic unit creates the family formula. The family formula creates the basic unit of the society formula. Then on to the national formula and the worldwide formula. There must be a certain, basic model. The husband and wife are the bottom line of the universal formula for society.

We talk about three fundamental forms of love: parental love, filial love, and conjugal love. They all come together to fulfill the total love of God. The Unification Church is the place where all these kinds of love are being taught. All these basic types are initiated from within God. When these three loves come together, that is the dwelling place of God. When unchanging parental love, unchanging filial love, and unchanging conjugal love come together, you know that the love of God exists right there, forever.

The Unification Church Principle is centered upon the heavenly four-position foundation, a fundamental truth. What is the family? The components of the family are the parents, husband and wife, and the children. Our society has basically three groups: the parental grouping, the husband and wife grouping, and the children grouping. For instance the elderly, the senior citizens, are the segment of society on the parental level. Others treat them with parental respect. Then there is the level of husband and wife, the middle-aged or central group of people.

The love of God comes through the elders and is transmitted down to the husband and wife level, then it comes down to the children’s level. A nation is nothing more than the extension of the family. The world is an assemblage of nations and that, again, boils down to an extension of the family.

Reaching God is our ultimate goal but the starting point is the family. The society, nation and world are the steps along the way. We have to go through these steps in order to reach God. You cannot just leap over all these steps. Therefore, you must live for the sake of greater things. Live for the sake of the society more than the family; for the sake of the nation more than the society; for the world more than the nation.

The society and the nation are nothing more than the assemblage of many, many different families. They are bigger than your own family. Therefore, even though you have to sacrifice your own family in order to serve them, you are achieving a greater cause. By dispensing unselfish love to other families, you are pushed toward God as quickly as possible. The nation pushes you toward God; the society pushes you toward God. When you are living for the sake of the world, the world pushes you toward God because that is the way the world will benefit the most. The sooner you reach God, the sooner the love of God will flow through you and return to the nation and society.

For this reason, the Unification Church has the credo and the way of life that the couple always sacrifices themselves for the sake of the family; the family sacrifices itself for the sake of society; society sacrifices itself for the sake of the nation; the nation for the sake of the world; and the world for the sake of God. Even God sacrifices Himself for the sake of true love. Thus no one can complain. God is not just reaping benefits from this process. God Himself is sacrificing for the sake of love.

In the Unification Church you say you sacrifice yourselves for the sake of America. I am sacrificing myself for the sake of the world. Always I must be one step ahead of you. You should never think that I am finished with my mission and now I am relaxing and just living in a nice home, driving in a nice car. That is not the case.

There are certain levels of responsibility in any organization. Equality does not mean that everybody wears the same clothing or rides in the same vehicles or eats the same food. Equality comes with the level of the mission. Certain people have to travel fast and go all the time by airplane. That is necessary because of their mission but that doesn’t mean everybody has to travel by airplane. However, everybody is going the same route and is constantly elevating himself through his mission.

I ask some of you to go out onto the streets and raise funds. Perhaps I will even ask some elderly scholar to go out and do that. Everybody has to start out in the same place. Those people in the leadership caliber will elevate themselves fast because the mission demands that person to come to a certain level as quickly as possible. I started out from the bottom, myself.

Actually I am doing everything for your sake. Although I may be ahead of you and giving you the directions, that is not for my sake but yours. I am the pioneer. You don’t know which direction to take by yourself, but because I have laid down the path, you can be unmistakably clear about which direction to go. Do you have some complaint? Do you think that I just enjoy life and take it easy at East Garden? Every moment of the day, I am working for the purpose of the world.

There is a certain order in everything, for instance in the educational process. Until you complete elementary school you cannot go on to high school. Without finishing high school, you cannot go to college. Without going to college, you cannot gain a PhD. By the same token, we also have an order to our missions.

Look at the tree: it has many parts and components. Can all the parts claim the trunk’s position? If it were nothing but a trunk, it wouldn’t be a tree anymore. There must be a root, trunk, branches, leaves, and so forth.

When I look at you blessed couples, I look at you with a certain type of “eyeglasses.” Those eyeglasses can see whether you are living for your own sake or for the sake of the world. That is the only question I ask of you. Those who are living only for the sake of themselves and are thinking only of their own benefit are actually heading downward into hell. There is no question about that.

The couple who is living for the sake of the world and for humanity finds that every moment of the day I am pushing them toward that goal. Why is that? Do I want them to suffer? No. It is because that is the only way I can assure that they will end up in heaven or will make a heavenly accomplishment. For that reason, I push everybody in East Garden, including Mother. Sometimes I push Mother to do certain things, even when I can see that she is exhausted and worn out. Is that good or bad? The Kingdom of Heaven is the world in which you are constantly pushed toward the greater public goal and mission.

Think of this: if everybody in a particular community is striving for the betterment of the society, nation and world, will they prosper or decline? That particular community will not have a problem with crime. There will be no room for robbers. Those who are in need will be taken care of by their neighbors; thus no one will have the urge to steal. Everyone in the community is there, ready and willing to assist them.

Without this particular principle, there is no way you can achieve the ideal of the unification of humanity. This is the only way possible to achieve that unification. Thus I am like your commander-in chief because I know exactly where we are all going. Therefore I will pull this man from here to there; I will take one person from one place to another and there is no complaint because that is a family matter. I am like the head of the house. Because I know what is best for the well-being of the family and what is the best for whom, I can organize and give you direction.

I often give the leaders a hard time, and the leaders may be giving you a hard time, but it is not for myself that I do that. I am doing that for the sake of the public mission, in order to obtain the good of everybody. To bring greater and greater good. That is why I push you harder and harder. Thus you have to obey and understand and you must not have complaint.

There are many levels of goodness in this world, such as the family or the society goodness, as well as the national, world and God-level of goodness. We are always elevating ourselves to the higher levels of goodness by sacrificing the lower levels of goodness. Can you just sit back and say, “I’m ready for the higher goodness to come to me.”? It won’t ever happen that way.

That is almost like a student in the elementary school shouting out, “I’m ready to receive my Ph.D. I’m going to do that today.” That is absolutely impossible. You have to work sacrificially to achieve such a thing. You have to study very late many nights and reach your Ph.D. step by step.

Compare two different kinds of teachers. One will say, “Hello, my students. Since this is such a beautiful day, I will take you all out on a pleasant picnic. Let’s have some fun.” There is another kind of teacher who, when the students ask to take a break and go outside and enjoy the springtime, says, “You rascals! Sit down right here and I’m going to give you a tough exam!”

Suppose that all the students were daydreaming and looking out the window, enjoying the beauty of the springtime. The second kind of teacher would tell them, “Don’t even look out the window! Look at me!” Which of those two kinds of teachers will benefit the students the most? Yes, it is the second one. But how many American students appreciate the second type of professor? American students will complain and say, “Oh, what a horrible teacher! He’s not human! How can any human mind work like that?”

It so happens that I am the second type of teacher. No matter what you say to me, I don’t care. I just push you out and give you the rough way at every opportunity. Thus I am called all kinds of names, but I don’t worry about that. Furthermore people say, “We will get rid of Reverend Moon by putting him into jail.” I say, let them do it; still I will not change my principles.

You Americans are molded into individualism, thus how very difficult it is to re-mold yourselves into a public minded person who lives altruistically. Can that be an easy job? No, that is a tremendously difficult job. The work of re-molding American young people into unselfish people is an endeavor that hurts everyone. Everyone says “Ouch!” including the parents of those young people. They say, “Reverend Moon is a mind-controller. I have to kidnap my own children!”

I am telling you that if you don’t like being here, then you should pack up and go. You do have that freedom within the Unification Church, the freedom to stay or to go.

This is springtime and I wanted to blow away all the winter attitudes from your brain, giving you refreshing new thoughts. When some people look at a cloudy day, they feel it is very gloomy. But that isn’t necessary. When there are a lot of clouds, nature is telling us that the universe is trying to love. Soon there will be a thunderstorm and that is a lesson in loving. Look at things from a positive perspective. When you interpret things, including the worst kind of weather, from this perspective you can see everything in the universe as the expression of God’s love.

After lightning and thunder, the rains come down. This is also like the act of love. The rain is the moisture that gives life and allows the grass and the flowers to bloom and grow. The universe is the ultimate teacher for mankind to learn how to love each other.

Scientists are saying that the universe is composed of energy in motion. Which is first, energy or motion? This is a fundamental beginning point of a great argument- people are divided into two great philosophical camps over the question of whether energy or motion come first. Which do you think?

Do you think that energy can exist independently, or must it maintain itself through motion? Yes, it needs motion. That means in the absence of motion there is no energy. Therefore, before there is energy there must be motion. The universe is full of energy and energy comes only through motion, so through motion the universe is maintained. Motion creates energy, which brings about more motion and then more energy is created, and so on.

How about motion? Does motion just spontaneously occur all by itself? Energy is the result of motion but what created the motion? There has to be a circuit, a subject and object relationship. This principle shatters the theory of evolution. Everything begins through a subject and object relationship, in which there is a certain purpose or common goal. Then action or motion is initiated which in turn creates energy. By this deductive method of reasoning, we have to come to a knowledge of God. We know that God is the source or the cause and that God must exist within a subject/object duality.

As I said at the outset of this sermon, God initiates everything. In order to initiate everything, God must have subject/object within Himself, and there must be a purpose which preceded His creation. In order for one individual to move and do things, he must have some sort of purpose in his mind. Then his mind and body must work together in a circuit of subject and object, together creating motion which brings energy. Furthermore, a man becomes a man in his give and take action between his mind and body. As a man, he is a subject to his wife, who is the object, and together they have give and take.

There are two types of energy-internal and external. External energy is the energy of the natural world; internal energy is the energy of the spiritual world. Whenever you have give and take in the natural world, energy is used up and it decreases in the process of attrition. Matter in motion will always wear out.

When a man and woman love each other and conceive a baby, the microscopic sperm and egg come together and create that new being. Within that tiny organism is an incredibly complex “computer program” which contains all the instructions for the body and mind of the future person. Thus when that child is born into this world, there is no other way for him to go. His particular shape of face, color of skin, eyes and so forth were already determined. There is an invisible will that always directs your biological life.

There is one crucial word in the Divine Principle and that is prime energy. This is still a mystery to many people. Since natural energy always decreases through action, there must be some source that keeps giving energy to the universe and that is prime energy. Without that, the universe would eventually decline into nothingness.

The universe itself is a resultant existence; it has been created. Once give and take occurs, within the universe, attrition also occurs. But there is one way in which attrition can be avoided and that is when there is a connection with the Creator, God, who has prime energy. His prime energy is always re-generating, not declining to attrition.

God must have thought, “How can I create this physical universe without having it wear out? What will constantly re-generate it?” He came up with the answer- there had to be two kinds of energy. The first would be the external, natural energy, which causes attrition through its give and take. The second would be the internal energy which would not be affected by attrition but would always increase.

Spiritual, internal energy never suffers from attrition but rather is always re-creating and regenerating. When you apply 100 volts of electricity to a certain action, it gives out only 80 or 90 volts. The output is always smaller than what you put in. But there is one form of energy that has the opposite effect: the output is greater than what you put in. That is the power of love. When love is applied, the result is greater than what was put in, thus if you put in 10 volts of love, you can receive 100 volts.

Many people might wonder how that could possibly work. I will give you one example. I have twelve children at this time, so each child is receiving one twelfth of my love, according to one perspective. But the truth is that I give 100 per cent of my love to each child. In one sense I am giving out 1200 per cent of my love. Thus none of the children feels that he or she is receiving only one twelfth, or one small portion of my parental love. Not at all. This is an amazing aspect of love. The more you give, the more you have to give. You never run out of it.

The only power that can increase is the power of love. The universe would decline without that power of the love of God. But because of the power of the love of God, the universe will always increase. The more love you give, the more love you receive. Thus as you limitlessly give out your love, you receive a limitless supply of love in return and you will never run out of energy. God implanted this incredible creative power within the universe.

Therefore, energy increases according to this principle. Only when you are linked to the power of the love of God can you create and increase and expand. This is very important, isn’t it? I don’t think you will learn these things in any philosophy course in the university.

What is prime energy? It is the creative, initiative energy and it is the power of love. This is all very logical. Because of prime energy, creation was possible; because of prime energy, the maintenance of the universe is possible.

Therefore the theory of random evolution is not true. The single-celled amoeba can never become a higher, more sophisticated animal by just sitting around, waiting for some random process to happen to it. The amoeba had to first attract some new creative energy, otherwise it could not be recreated into a higher being. That creative energy is always supplied by the prime energy, which is love energy. The plus attracts the minus; the plus and the minus become one; then together they become a minus to a larger plus. That is prime energy.

Bo Hi Pak is a good example. Each cell comes together in give and take relationship, always asking for a new plus. Then as each plus comes, Bo Hi Pak becomes one individual. Then again when he becomes a plus, there is a minus supplied, which is his wife, Kee Sook Pak, and they become one together and create energy and produce children, and they become a family. You have to take either the subjective role or the objective role; you have to be involved in action. If you try to isolate yourself, nothing will happen to you.

Can the Oriental world and the Occidental world stay apart and separate? No, the east and the west must have give and take and there must be initiation of action. For example, I have come here from the Orient as a large plus, asking each of you to become a minus and empty yourselves. Then a bigger creation always occurs. That is the way we increase ourselves. In that way the entire universe becomes one and the largest plus, which is God, can unite together with the universe.

When the United States behaves in such a way that they don’t care at all about the rest of the world, you hear, “Yankee, go home!” everywhere. But if Americans were to empty themselves out in love, trying to help and care for the rest of the world, incredible new energy would be supplied and this nation would never be destroyed. This is because of the principle we are discussing.

Think about my situation. For my entire life I have been involved in struggles and all kinds of persecution and court battles. This has happened in every country I have lived in. I have been brought to court and to jail in North Korea, South Korea, Japan, and now the United States. Yet I still don’t look tired, do I? Why is that? I know clearly how to tap into the prime energy, the love power. Therefore, I will never decrease but I will always increase. No matter how much persecution I may receive, I am bound to increase.

Reverend Moon has a certain taste, the taste of true love. The American people have not yet been able to get any of that taste. Once they do that, they will be delighted. Even though I may push you out and speak harshly to you, I am like a mother scolding her little child. That little child will still run after his mother, never wanting to go away from her. The child only wants the love of his mother. This is a very important message.

Reverend Moon has some mysterious energy so he never gets tired. Furthermore, he is never alone; everywhere he goes, things happen and people come to him. That is because they want to experience that “Reverend Moon taste.” Love always comes back to you, plus interest. Therefore when you invest one hundred parts of love, you always receive more than one hundred in return. Do you know that clearly? Do you know that going out and giving love for the sake of others is not a waste or a loss?

It is very common to see men and women walking together along the streets of New York, clinging and being very passionate with each other. But one kind of couple is concerned about something greater than just themselves; they are united for something such as the society, nation or the world or for God. If so, they will be a prosperous couple. But on the other hand, if a couple is interested only in pursuing their own carnal desires and their own selfish interests, they are walking together right down the road to hell.

Men and women are mysterious beings. An amazing thing is that the entire universe is like the cheering section for any couple that is pursuing a greater cause and purpose. Therefore those people will prosper. God created the universe in the rhythm of love. Anybody who sings the same song and moves according to the same rhythm of love will be supported and applauded by the universe. But anybody who moves against the universal rhythm will be pushed away by the rest of the universe. That kind of couple will be digging their own grave. That is the rule of the universe and the universe has that kind of power. It nurtures people when they are engaged in the action of love; it gives more and more energy and inspiration.

As you teach Divine Principle workshops, this one principle must be taught very clearly. The wisest way of life is to live altruistically, giving oneself for the sake of others. The essence of human wisdom is to know the truth and practice it. Does anybody here have a different opinion from this?

The whole universe exists in the system of pairs; there are no bachelors in the natural universe. The animal kingdom exists in pairs, so does the vegetable world, and so does the mineral world. Do you know why human language came into being? It is because language is necessary to communicate. If human beings didn’t need one another, why should they need to communicate? The very reason why language exists indicates how human beings should live: in communication. What is the greatest message to communicate? It is love.

What are the sweetest and finest words under the sun? They are the words that convey love. Many people criticize Reverend Moon, calling him a “dictator” and so forth, but every word that I speak is about love. Love is the only message I am bringing. Therefore, no matter who opposes me or what people say about me, the universal power will support me.

Love is everywhere, even within the mineral kingdom. When you look from the spiritual point of view, even the rocks sing. The trees talk and the flowers dance. The universe is craving for love, therefore our way of life must be nothing other than that-singing and craving for love. The universe is like a museum of God’s love. Every facet of the universe teaches us how love should be expressed. Mankind completes that museum; man is the crowning piece within that museum.

The entire universe is waiting for the consummation of love. The minerals, the plants, and the animal kingdom are waiting for the consummation of love. The master who consummates the love of the universe is man. Human beings must bind together into oneness with God. That is the role of people in this universe. At the moment of the consummation of the love of human beings, God consummates His love as well.

The insects exist in pairs and they make noises of love. Those noises are made for the sake of their mate. The birds sing love songs to their mates every morning; and likewise all the animals make sounds of love. How about human beings? If there are no partners in love, there is no art, music, or dancing. You have nothing to dance about.

All things are craving a mediator to convey their love to a higher level of accomplishment. This is even true of fish. Therefore, people can relate to all the different aspects of creation, including the fish, the birds, plants, animals and minerals. This is because man is their ultimate mediator or bridge to God.

However, the channel of love for the universe has been shattered; man has never become the bridge for their love. For that reason it is very logical to say that the Creation is groaning in travail and grief-no true love has been conveyed between them and their Creator. Look at the tiny insects; even between them, there is the communication of love. Lower animals are sacrificed and eaten by the higher animals-for example, cows are eaten by human beings. But cows are glad of this because in that way they become part of the human body and the human body relates in love with God, which is the ultimate purpose of the universe.

Love goes beyond physical death and thus all the creatures of nature are willing to sacrifice themselves to become part of a higher love. The only reason why humans have the right to eat all the different forms of nature is that we are the higher beings who are capable of relating the love of God to the rest of the universe. For that reason, human beings should also be able to sacrifice themselves for the sake of love. Furthermore a person without love has no real right to eat the creation. Such a person is not a true mediator. The universe knows what entitles someone to eat. It is not because someone can pay for the groceries, but only because a person is sensing the love of God.

The universe is “auditing” your love. They can see whether you are a person of love or not. They know when someone is a thief, having consumed the universe without ever relaying God’s love back to them. What is the difference between animals, for example the birds, and human beings? Birds only know how to love one another, but human beings know how to harmonize with and love all the forms of creation. Therefore, humans are the ultimate mediators between God and creation. That is the difference. That is the special dignity and privilege of human beings.

What is the love of the True Parents? It is the love that links together all the generations of love of the entire creation. The whole creation is harmonized through the True Parents. True Parents’ love here on earth is like a formula or tradition; anybody who follows that formula or tradition is bound to succeed. Not only will you succeed here on earth but you will also succeed in spirit world, which is the eternal and most important world. This kind of love will be welcomed anywhere, anytime, because this is the love of God. No one wants to repel it.

This is the generation record, the one central theme. Everything is linked to that center. For that reason, True Parents’ love represents all the love in the universe. This universe is the museum of love and there has to be a center, or nucleus, of that love. That nucleus is the True Parents’ love, through which the generations are organized. Therefore, you are trying to link your own lives to that nucleus. For that reason, following and obeying the True Parents is the highest virtue.

You cannot learn in any way except by following the True Parents’ tradition of love. There are so many different kinds of perverted love, such as lesbianism, homosexuality, promiscuity and so forth. All of these are absolutely opposite from the True Parents’ tradition of love.

Those of you who say, “Yes, Father, I am going to follow the True Parents’ tradition of love and I will fulfill that love within my own family,” raise your hands, please. Thank you and God bless you.

## PARENTS’ DAY 1984

By Fami1yfed June 23, 2018 June 23, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1984

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### April 1, 1984
Belvedere
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

COL. PAK: Father has asked me to read this letter of revelation which Father and Mother received from Korea. This is number 14 of a series of revelations which have been coming and it is written to Mother.

Dear Mother: This revelation is given by God through the angels on March 25, 1984, from 9:00 p.m. to 12:30 a.m. The representative angel is speaking in the name of True Parents and his name is M.K.L. God is sending His spiritual waves; He is saying to please receive this and record it – “MN” dear, beloved Unification children, for so many thousands of years I did not have a foundation on earth where I could stand. But now, because of True Parents, I can communicate and have a foundation on earth. Oh, joy! For every 365 days, the dispensation is being consummated. I would truly like to be with you; I miss you and love you very much.”

God declared, “My joy is the True Parents on earth, who came to restore the relationship between true children and their Heavenly Father. Without their contribution, there could be no joy and no foundation. Now the time has come for everyone to become true children of the True Parents. For this reason and upon this foundation, Parents Day has been installed. On this joyful day, we gather together in celebration. There was so much agony and so many tears shed in order to restore this day of joy. However, even after this restoration there is so much chaos and confusion in our world. And why even within the Unification Church is there so much disunity and commotion?”

God is showing His displeasure and saying, “There are many seeds of complaints which shall bear their fruits in an evil way, and many of the members will be hurt.”

For a while God was silent. Then He said, “Because of lack of faith, the realm of indirect dominion will be more invaded by Satan. It is not easy to come to earth; earth is like a desert and the time which passes here is most bitter. Only because of the blessing of Heung Jin is direct dominion now attempted. In spirit world there is now law and order; discipline has been established. True Parents have become the forefathers to mankind on earth and they have liberated me from the agony caused by Satan. The accomplishment of restoration of history is so tremendous, I want to shout out three cheers. Upon the eternal foundation of the dispensation, those who are blessed by the True Parents are my children. You should not have to live with indemnity always coming upon you any more.”

What do you mean, God, when you say that? (The medium is speaking.) The angel said to me, ‘I still have no clear understanding about that. It is to facilitate the way of the restoration.’

Then God said, “Although you children of mine think you are following the way of filial piety and loyalty, I can divide you into two basic groups. The first group is composed of those who are falling apart, due to faithlessness; you are becoming the victims of faithlessness. The other group is composed of those who are standing upon absolute faith, going forward strongly and boldly. When faithlessness prevailed during the time of Moses, Moses struck the rock twice; because of that, he could not see the completion of the return to Canaan. By the same token, Unification children could be in that position. Without understanding True Parents’ enormous responsibility, you should not be in the position to strike the rock twice, that is, to fault the True Parents.

“Do you know how difficult it is to be the Lord of the Second Advent and to fulfill that responsibility? You have no idea how difficult that mission is. The eternal truth is such that the parents always try to suffer for the sake of their children; the children want to suffer too in order to help their parents to become happy and comfortable.

“I see a certain group of people among those who are following the True Parents and who are blessed by them. These people are leveling certain accusations and criticisms about the things the True Parents are doing and the methods they are using to lead. How can you say that is the true way of life for the true children on earth? I am deeply agonized over such a situation. In order to unite the entire world, you must have a complete philosophy or worldview, which is Unificationism.”

Then God said through the angel, “True Parents’ mission is so extraordinary and there is so much ground to cover, they are absolutely busy accomplishing their task. Even if none of you follow them, the True Parents and I together will consummate that task. However, as long as there is a humanity which needs salvation, how can you not follow the path of True Parents?

“Now True Parents have been installed here on earth and four of the True Children have been blessed. All of them have been elevated to the True Parents’ level. There are blessed children among the membership who have also been elevated to the Parents’ level. Now from the individual level. to the family level, to the society level, national and worldwide level, we have such a tremendous foundation of love. We are now ready to move forward to the ultimate goal of fulfillment. The True Father’s mission is very lonely and difficult. Not only can he not look after you, but he doesn’t even have the time to take care of Mother or the True Children.

“Some of you may criticize the True Children, because some of them do not speak Korean or do not seem to have achieved a spiritual maturity. But these things do not mean that the True Parents’ family deserves accusation; not at all. The solutions of any problems for the True Family, if any are needed, shall be achieved by me in consultation with the True Parents. As blessed members of the Unification Church, you should be united and support such solutions. Use wisdom, as well.

“True Mother has always fulfilled her dispensational role of following Father’s path absolutely. However, after the ascension of Heung Jin, Mother was in deep agony due to the human pain of losing her son so prematurely. Father was concerned about Mother; but he was able to embrace her with his deep love.

“The United States must liberate the True Parents through this court battle. By doing so, they will show that the fallen angelic world is restored to the side of God. America will become a nation that will show the rest of the world the path of restoration, in the name of God and the True Parents. This is America’s opportunity at this time-to give the True Father total vindication.

“The True Parents have united the three ages-the Old Testament era, the New Testament era, and the Completed Testament era. Therefore, you must be ready to be a total offering to the True Parents for the fulfillment of this unity.

“There is one point of which we must be careful. As long as Hoon Sook, the wife of Heung Jin, lives on the earth, she must maintain her absolute purity and live up to the standards of purity of the Completed Testament era. There must be no departures in this realm from absolute, God-centered history. This is the most important condition for Hoon Sook. Some of the personalities from the Old Testament era will want to be saved by making a relationship with Hoon Sook. Certain mediums or spiritualists may be in the position to mislead her. However, the True Father has indemnified the need for any sort of hidden dispensations; everything can be clearly understood. Hoon Sook must maintain absolute purity here on earth.”

COL. PAK: Father has given us a further explanation of this passage.

FATHER: Those people who lived in the Old Testament era know that a new dispensation is unfolding on the earth now; they want to take advantage of that so they will always try to use people on earth to elevate themselves. In this particular case, Heung Jin is in the spirit world, with only his spiritual body. Hoon Sook is here on earth, so she still has her physical body. Somebody could possibly approach Hoon Sook saying. “You must fulfill the condition here on the earth of the Heavenly four positions. I am in the position of representing Heung Jin Nim so you should unite with me, physically.” Such an effort could be made by someone to entice Hoon Sook.

In the Old Testament era, there were certain Jewish customs which allowed men to take the wives of their deceased brothers. In fact, that living brother had an obligation to unite physically with his dead brother’s wife so that she could bear a child and that family’s lineage could continue. In the special case of Tamar, she took it upon herself to unite with her father-in-law in order to bear a child. This sort of irregularity was more or less permitted in the Old Testament era. However, now that we are in the Completed Testament era, the True Parents have totally indemnified history and none of these irregularities are necessary. If anybody were to approach Hoon Sook with an enticement of this sort, his motivations would be absolutely evil and totally removed from God’s way. Those who are following the True Parents must have no confusion along these lines; that is why this advice is being given at this time.

COL. PAK: The revelation continues: “The True Parents are working with the three periods-Adam’s era, Jesus’ era, and the Lord of the Second Advent’s era-and they must unite these eras, both internally and externally. That will become the backbone of the world restoration. That has been fulfilled by the True Parents so now you, my children, must bring faith and life to the world. Where there is conflict, forgive with love. Where there is division, you must Unite upon the dispensation and the will of God. Where there is despair, give hope.

“Parents day is now celebrated. Those four couples of the True Parents’ family who have received the blessing must be totally centered upon the True Parents. Also all the members of the Unification Church must be centered upon these four blessed couples in order to go over this dispensational hill. The Messiah came to the earth and achieved the victory of installing the True Parents.

“The entire world has come against this foundation, trying to deter the forward march of the True Parents. However by the year of 1985 the opposition will subside. That will be a time for decisive victory. Centered upon the True Parents, you will become the Heavenly race of true children, united into one. You will have one final hill to go over on the worldwide level. The victory will be achieved and the greatest difficulties will have subsided by 1985.”

Then God raised His arms and said further, “Today is Parents Day, created upon the goodness of the True Parents and the True Children. For eternity and ever more you shall be blessed within me. You shall serve and attend the True Parents in absolute loyalty.”

Then God went into His throne. This is the end of the revelation.

FATHER BEGINS TO SPEAK:

When you hear such a report through this letter, you can understand that spirit world works in a precise and specific way. In many cases, those of you living here on earth may have a distant relationship with the things I tell you. But those in spirit world are actually living the principles I speak about in their everyday existence. If there had been no fall, the earth would have been the first place of fulfillment; however, things were reversed because of the fall. I want you to understand that you are in a sacred and awesome place at this time.

When people join the Unification Church, they come with their own worldly interests and understanding. There has been a huge gap between God’s will and dispensation and man’s response for many thousands of years; man’s thoughts and actions have been far from God’s will. Put yourself in the position of the people of spirit world. They cannot find their completion in the realm of spirit but they must work through actions on the earth. Imagine the difficult process those people must go through. Also, they know that only through attendance of the True Parents on earth can perfection in spirit world be achieved. Imagine what those people in spirit world would do if they could come back to earth physically. How totally dedicated they would be to serve the True Parents. because they really know the dispensation!

If such a person had his own physical body again, how much would he use it-his hands, his legs, his whole body-in order to unite with and win the heart of the True Parents! That is the great motivation and desire of the people in spirit world. How much more so should you feel that desire, those of you in the position to serve the True Parents on the earth. You must feel that, no matter what, you will not compromise on the standard the True Parents are teaching. You must not think, “I will do things my way.” You must be absolutely united, under the will and direction of the True Parents. You should think, “There is no such thing as my own will.”

You know the amount of sacrifice that was paid by the thousands of years of Christian history in order to make this era possible. There are two basic groups of people within the Unification Church. There are those who are self-centered, thinking about themselves primarily; and the others are those whose thinking is True Parents centered. The angel from God is warning us of this fact. You must realize the extraordinary and sacred nature of your position.

This is the twenty-fifth celebration of Parents Day. On May 1, we are going to celebrate the thirtieth anniversary of the founding of the Unification Church. In the Asian tradition, each month is divided into two seasons; therefore, each year is composed of twenty-four seasons.

The numbers 12 and 24 are quite important in the spiritual realm. Each of the twelve months has its two faces, or seasons, which are included within the 365 days of the year. Also, the number 36 is significant. The three families of Adam, Noah, and Jesus multiplied by 12 produces the number 36.

The number six came to be a satanic number because that was stolen by the fall of man. What Satan actually stole was the Heavenly four position foundation. So six times four equals twenty-four, the number of the seasons of the year. We mix together the Heavenly and the satanic numbers and in the process we are restoring them.

There are primarily three worlds-the free world, the communist world and the Heavenly world. The free world is basically centered upon Christianity, while the communist world is centered upon atheism; the Unification Church is the center of the Heavenly world. The free world represents Abel or the unfallen archangel; the communist world represents the fallen archangel; and the Unification Church represents the realm of parents. Therefore, the mission of the Unification Church is to bring unity between Cain and Abel-the communist world and the free world. That is the mission of the parents and only the parents can direct that unity.

The history of religion has been the history of the consummation of the Abel-type world which is equivalent to the unfallen archangelic world. The communist world represents the Cain world, or the fallen archangelic world. This world is the final fruit of the fallen realm.

How can we accomplish the goal of unity? There must be a certain process by which we can do it. That process requires the Abel world, from the individual, family, and so forth, to subjugate the Cain world on every level and thus restore the birthright of the elder son. Otherwise we cannot restore the Heavenly individual, family, tribe, nation and world. In other words, the existing world must be restored into the Heavenly world.

In order to restore this fallen world, we must apply the same principles by which God created Adam and Eve and expected them to achieve their perfection. Those principles are ones of absolute faith, absolute love, and absolute responsibility.

The fall resulted in the loss of that absolute faith and love and the failure to fulfill that absolute responsibility. Therefore, the absolute restoration cannot be assisted by God until man reaches a certain level. We must fight and struggle to win certain goals in order to be accepted by God. We actually cannot even pray directly to God before fulfilling a certain amount of responsibility. Since we pray without attaining that position, our prayers are actually going to the angelic world; we are really asking for angelic help.

Jesus came and then ascended into Heaven; since that time he has been fulfilling the role of the archangel. For that reason, when Christians pray to Jesus they are actually receiving angelic help. Jesus was unquestionably the son of God but because a certain process was not completed, he had to take that archangelic role in spirit world. Thus all the prayers of Christians so far have not been able to go directly to God; they had to go through the angelic realms.

The mission of religion is to educate the fallen, Cain-type children so that they can be restored into Abel-type children. We can divide the history of Adam’s descendants into three parts. The formation level restores the fallen people into the realm of the archangel, which is the servant’s level; the growth level restores them into the adopted son’s level, which was Jesus’ dispensation; finally, the perfection level brings mankind into the realm of true children.

The culmination point, or the end, of Christianity will see the return of the son of God. The Lord of the Second Advent is coming with the mission to restore the original ideal of creation, the Garden of Eden in which Adam and Eve will dwell without falling and will attain total perfection. At the time of the last days’ religion should be in the position to have dominion over the world. That was precisely the situation after World War II, when God gave the only opportunity for the Christian realm to control the world. The Unification Church emerged in Korea in 1945, right after the liberation of the country. When Reverend Moon initiated that movement, it started above the national level because it was a Christian movement, which is on the worldwide level.

At that time right after World War II, there was a historical background that would have allowed the vertical three levels of the dispensation to be united on the horizontal level. Thus the restoration of the archangel and the adopted child could be united directly with the actual sonship of God. Without achieving the unity of those three historical generations, there is no way to stop the encroachment of Satan. However, Korean Christianity failed to respond to me and did not unite with me. They represented the Christian culture of the entire world; thus worldwide Christianity failed to respond to me.

At that point, Christianity fell into the hands of Satan and had to be restored from the very beginning. Who had that mission? Since the foundation of two thousand years was totally broken into pieces, the messiah, who came in the position of the True Parent, had to begin from scratch to restore the shattered culture-the archangel culture. the adopted son culture, as well as the true children’s culture. Those three cultures had to be pieced together into one and a new foundation had to be created. Therefore, the twenty-one year course was really the restoration of the two thousand years of Christianity.

The Unification history is the restoration of all of human history-that includes all other religions, not just Christianity, but Buddhism, Islam, Judaism, and so forth-in a forty-year period.

During this period of time, the messiah has been moving toward the restoration of all the religions of the world. Therefore we have the God Conference, the Religious Congress International, the Science Conference and so forth, in order to awaken the religious world to its ultimate unity. Under the banner of Godism, we have been trying to unite the top leadership of the world. On the internal level, we are uniting theologians, philosophers and academicians. On the external level, we are uniting political people.

At this time no one is the decisive winner in the world struggle. Abel has not united the world and Cain has not conquered the world. Furthermore, the Parents’ world has not yet gained the position necessary to win the world. Where can God dwell? God cannot dwell within the imperfect world of Abel. Certainly He cannot dwell in the communist world. At least God has the hope of dwelling in the future Heavenly world.

When I came to this country, my basic mission was to unite the diverse Christian cultures into a cohesive body. When Cain moved to slay Abel in the Garden of Eden, there was no one to stop him. Even though Adam and Eve were there, they could not stop his violent action. Adam and Eve could not intervene in the Garden of Eden because they were not perfected; they departed so far from God’s will that they were in no position to intervene in dispensational matters. They were still struggling within the indirect dominion of God; that is where human responsibility is not yet fulfilled. In other words, when Cain slew Abel, God was in no position to stop him and Adam and Eve were helpless as well.

The time we are living in today is different from that time; God is no longer helpless because enough foundation has been laid by the True Parents from the archangel’s level, to the adopted son’s to the true son’s level. Now God is in the position to intervene in this world. When the Cain, communist world moves to slay Abel, God will not have to stand back and watch. Why is this age so different? It is because we are living in the age when enough indemnity has been paid by the True Parents for the archangel, adopted son, and true children’s realm through the family level dispensation. In other words, the Heavenly family has laid a strong enough foundation for God to claim it and use it as a “handle” to work in the world.

The children of blessed couples are a new breed. They are like fallen children who have been plucked out of the satanic tree and grafted onto the Heavenly tree.

So far, the opposition against me has been complete; the free world including Christianity and the communist world have all come against me. Even under those circumstances, I moved forward step by step to win the victory. I have paid enough indemnity that we can now exercise a certain sanction against the Cain world. Realistically speaking, the Abel world represented by the United States is in the position to fear being slain by the Cain world, represented by the communist world. Only through unity with the True Parents can this nation have hope.

My court battle can be compared with the crucifixion of Jesus. At the time of Jesus’ crucifixion, everything fell into division-his own disciples and supporters, Rome and Israel. But at the time of this crucifixion, the Abel world and particularly Christianity is uniting centered upon the True Parents. Forty different organizations and individuals, representing many millions of Americans, as well as American Christianity, have given their support to my court battle. Furthermore, the U.S. leadership has come to the point where it cannot overcome its spiritual deadlock without the guidance and blessing of the messiah. The Unification Church is in the position to make things happen within this country.

What is our mission then? First of all, we must realize that Satan still has his roots within two main areas-the individual and the nation. Whenever he tries to oppose me, he uses the interests of the individual or the nation. The individual can always be used by Satan because people are self-centered. Satan’s way to work is to manipulate an individual or a nation to become an enemy of God’s champion.

How can the Unification Church conquer this evil? That is the most crucial question we must answer today. God must be the center of any ideology which will become the subject over all others. Centered upon God, we will have one nation. The God-centered individual should be a part of that God-centered nation. Therefore the individual will be in the position to represent God as well as the God-centered nation. Thus the very concept of “I” would include the presence of God and God’s nation and world. The individual’s very existence would be based upon those realities.

In this special period of three years, we must bring unity between the four dispensational nations-Korea, the Adam nation; Japan, the Eve nation; the United States, the archangel nation; and Germany, the Cain nation. These four countries have had enemy relationships among themselves. In the Garden of Eden, Adam and Eve became enemies; Cain and Abel were enemies; the archangel and mankind were enemies. Thus, as you can see, from the Divine Principle point of view we are trying to restore and unite those four positions on the national and worldwide level.

Satan has said, “As long as there are enemy countries with animosities among them, I will claim those nations. They are obviously my children.” Likewise as soon as Satan sees a self-centered person, he recognizes his own characteristics and he claims that person. The only power strong enough to unite the four dispensational nations is that of the love of God and the love of True Parents. Therefore. your position is to be more proud of the love of God and the love of True Parents than anything else in the world.

Actually, the love of God and the love of True Parents are one love. This has been installed upon the family foundation; God’s direct dominion has been brought to that level. Therefore, the Unification Church movement is the realization of the kingdom of God on earth. Why was that possible? It is because there is total unity between God and the True Parents and they have laid the foundation within the True Family; they are expanding that to the worldwide level. Thus no power, including Satan’s strongest power, can stop or control this victory.

Today we see that the four dispensational nations are being mixed together on the family level; in that way their national and cultural boundaries are being eliminated. Therefore, I am declaring that all the leaders of Korea, Japan, the United States and Germany must be united, centered not upon yourselves but upon this ideal which I have described. Upon this internal foundation, I am reaching out to the entire world under the banner of Godism.

The communist world is very proud of their accomplishment. They have subjugated the individual as well as the state, totally without God. On the other hand, the True Parents centered upon God and the universal truth have established the highest ideal. This is our pride. Thus the Unification Church today is in the position to proudly proclaim our accomplishment to the world. Unification Church individuals have been changed from being self centered to being God-centered.

From Satan’s point of view, the Moonies are superior, different people. He has to give us that credit. On the family level, the Unification people are superior again. This is obvious in comparison to secular families. The same is true of the Unification Church tribe. We maintain no boundaries. either racial or national, but are united under our common ideal. On the national level we are united as well, specifically between the four dispensational countries. This is obvious to the satanic forces. Therefore, Satan himself will have to admit that this movement will be the one to bring God’s kingdom on the earth, based upon our tangible accomplishments.

Working under so much opposition, Reverend Moon and the Unification Church have accomplished this much. How much more will we be able to do with popular support! This is the month of April, a time for transition and change. Do you think I am speaking the truth to you?

The Cain world is trying to slay the Abel world and the only entity capable of preventing that is the True Parents and God. Once people learn clearly about the True Parents and through them about God, there is hope for the salvation of the world. Liberation comes to our world only when you members truly represent God and the True Parents to the rest of the world. When people in the secular world come into contact with you, they are actually contacting the True Parents and God; thus salvation can come to them. Their original minds, like antennae, are pulled toward you.

I am speaking about this today, on Parents Day, April 1, 1984, because today is the day of the transfer from one level to another. When the spirit world and physical world are united into one, the True Parents can emerge; True Parents can only be recognized when Cain and Abel are united. Heung Jin has brought the unity of spirit world and physical world. That is why we could declare the Creation and Building of the Fatherland as our slogan for 1984.

What is the position of Heung Jin? He was elevated into spirit world not as archangel but as Abel. He was the Abel who tasted the love of the True Parents on the earth as their true son and heir. Heung Jin lived under the direct dominion of love of the True Parents; he is the only person ever to have experienced that kind of love and then to have been elevated to spirit world.

According to the Divine Principle, if there had been no fall, mankind could have grown through the indirect dominion of God quickly and then could have experienced God’s direct dominion on the earth. After that, people would have entered Heaven in the spirit world. However, no one throughout the history of Christianity including Jesus himself could dwell in the direct dominion here on earth; only after experiencing the indirect dominion did they go to spirit world. Heung Jin alone has lived on the earth with the direct dominion of God and then has gone to the spirit world.

Furthermore, since God gave the blessing to Heung Jin, it is almost as if he had fulfilled the Heavenly four position foundation here on earth. Since Heung Jin has the ability to travel freely between spirit world and physical world, he will establish the foundation for spirit world to communicate with the physical world. It was most important to have Heung Jin’s family foundation here on earth.

At the time of Jesus, no foundation of the True Parents was erected on the earth; thus the love of the True Parents was never experienced on earth. Therefore when Jesus entered prematurely into spirit world, the Second Coming became absolutely necessary. But Heung Jin experienced that fullness of love and then entered into spirit world so he does not need to come back again; he can simply live within the two worlds. On the shimjung level, once Heung Jin was elevated to spirit world, he was entirely above everybody. From God’s point of view, True Parents are the elder son’s position while Heung Jin is in the second son’s position. The True Parents are working on the earth and Heung Jin is working in spirit world.

From the point of view of spirit world, Heung Jin is the eldest brother, even more than Jesus or any other person. The person who received and experienced the most advanced level of love on earth is the eldest person in spirit world, regardless of their physical age. Because Heung Jin tasted the direct love of God on the earth through the True Parents, he is now in the position to share that love with everybody. Satan never wants to share anything he has; but Heung Jin, representing God, wants to give away and share his precious treasure. By his doing so, God’s foundation is quickly enlarging.

The spirit world was full of divisions and disharmony. However, after the blessing of Heung Jin the barriers have been broken down so that people in spirit world can not only communicate with each other, they can also communicate through channels to the physical world much more. Also as you know, the physical world is within the victorious realm of our True Parents. Therefore, this world can gain incredible blessing through Heung Jin. The Heavenly principle is that whatever the parents achieve, the children can inherit.

The spirit world and the physical world are like the internal and external twins now. Cain and Abel are united in the physical world under the True Parents while in the spirit world, Cain and Abel are united under Heung Jin. Because of the True Parents being on the earth and Heung Jin being in the spirit world, total harmony and unity between those two worlds can now become a reality.

The channel of command in spirit world is this: God; Heung Jin’s family; and all the saints. Here on earth it is: True Parents; True Family; and blessed couples. The four blessed couples of the True Parents’ children represent north. south, east and west. Thus the four directions of the world have been covered. In spirit world the families of Jesus and Heung Jin must be united. Likewise, here on earth, you must be united with the True Children’s families. The family of Jesus has been consummated. That blessing came when the national level dispensation was accomplished. Heung Jin’s blessing came upon the foundation of the worldwide dispensational victory.

Total unity has been accomplished in spirit world between Heung Jin’s family and Jesus’ family. By the same token, the True Parents’ family and the blessed couples must be totally united here on earth. Once that happens on earth, worldwide unity with the True Parents is imminent.

Perhaps you have always been thinking, “I come from Germany,” or Japan or Korea, but you must rid yourself of this thinking; it has no place within your mind. From now on, have only three points of reference in your mind: God; True Parents and their family; and yourself. We are creating one nation, composed of those elements. We all live under one principle and one tradition. That tradition is such that the individual lives for the sake of the family; the family lives for the sake of the clan; the clan lives for the sake of the society; the society lives for the sake of the nation; and the nation lives for the sake of the world. Unless you live this principle here on earth, you cannot be accepted into the citizenship of Heaven in spirit world; that world is organized under that system.

If there had been no fall, every person would have lived this way on earth and then would have entered perfected into spirit world. Now for the first time since the fall, the True Parents have come and restored the world situation so that people can live again, as if there had been no fall.

You must become a historical, worldwide individual. For example, our brother David S. Kim is in the position to either be recorded in history as just a good school president, or he will make an impact upon the worldwide dispensation. The seminary will have a museum, full of those things which contributed to the progress of the seminary; but the museum of the world will contain those things which contributed to the worldwide dispensation. Even a school museum should contain certain items that contributed to the worldwide dispensation.

When you think about creating your own family museum, think about being able to include things which contributed to the worldwide dispensation; those will be the most precious items in your museum. When you say “treasure” it does not mean something which is valuable only to you but it is something which benefits the entire world, all of humanity.

Although I have been entangled in a court battle here in America, I have not been fighting it as an individual, thinking only to extricate myself. Rather, I am fighting a world level, dispensational battle. I do not face this trial for myself but for the sake of the restoration of the world. This is the reason I can never hate America. During the time of the trial itself, our movement initiated The Washington Times and the Inchon movie. Why was that? I am always thinking of how to contribute to the worldwide dispensation and humanity.

Why did I declare that Moscow was our next goal after the Washington Monument rally? Was that for my own glory or benefit? All of America was shaken when I gave the blessing to the 2,000 couples at Madison Square Garden and then I held the blessing ceremony of the 6,000 couples in Korea. Do I do things like that because I am a lover of controversy? Not at all. It is for the sake of the world and for the sake of God that I do them.

Many of you Unification Church members and leaders came to America from other countries and, as you know, I pushed you into suffering courses; sometimes your suffering was great. Today you must realize that I want to make you the museum pieces for the world’s museum. Some of you have minds of complaint about the suffering you have been led into, but today you must change your thinking. Don’t even think that you are doing what you do because I directed you; think that you are doing it on your own. This is your restoration, your mission, your world, and your God-that is the way you must think.

Without your awareness, I have been initiating many activities for God’s dispensation, such as NCCSA, ICUS, New Era, the God Conference, and many theologians’ meetings. People may have thought I was just indulging in a hobby through these conferences but my goal was to initiate worldwide unity. I have been working to unite all world religions, not just Christianity, but also those which are indirectly involved in the dispensation such as Islam, Hinduism, and so forth, even communism. The time has come when the free world will say, “Reverend Moon. please come and help us. Without Unificationism, we can find no solution to our problems.”

When the parents are embracing Abel in total unity. there is no place for Cain to go except to them; there is no opportunity for Cain to slay Abel. The parents will command Abel to love Cain; likewise, the parents will tell Cain, “Abel is our beloved son and you must love him, too.” Cain will answer, “Yes. I will.” This is the Heavenly principle; there is no other way. Satan has no other way than according to principle.

Therefore once the True Parents and the free world are embracing in unity, the communist world will have no escape. They will have to join in that unity as well. This is the time when we must do everything possible to show the true strength of the Unification Church. We want to show to the world the tree of love-based upon the ideal of creation and the Heavenly four positions. That tree of love will be an organism in which all the members are serving each other. From the leaves on top to the deepest roots. We must show to the world the phenomenon of the natural way of life.

Today, Parents Day, is the day for you to declare that you will accept God’s marching orders toward the future. I want you to understand that the forces of Heaven from spirit world are ready and eager to support you and protect you upon the fulfillment of one condition: that you are united with the True Parents, with the True Family, and with the true ideal of the True Parents. Upon that condition the spirit world will surround and protect you, as much as the angelic world was to protect the people in the original Garden of Eden.

Regardless of your nationality and regardless of your leadership position-whether you are a national leader or whomever-the only criterion for anyone is that you be totally united with the True Parents and Family. By doing that, you deserve the protection and the great support of spirit world. You must come to the realization that you are the independent army for the creation of the Fatherland here on earth. For that reason, you must be able to speak the mother tongue, the language of the Parents. If someone cannot speak the language of True Parents, Satan can say, “You are not the children of True Parents; therefore you are my children.” That is the reason why learning the mother tongue is so important.

In 1983 I gave the direction for everyone to learn the mother tongue by 1990; seven years is long enough for anyone to learn it. In order to restore seven thousand years of dispensational history, I am allowing these seven years’ condition to learn the Korean language. As long as you are continuing to learn Korean, Satan will not accuse. You should first focus upon learning key words, such as Father, Mother, brother, wife, husband, Divine Principle, and so forth.

You must be able to say, “I have one set of True Parents, one True Family, one group of brothers and sisters, one spouse.” Anybody who has received the blessing should never look at another person as more desirable than his own spouse. No man should think, “I wish I could marry that woman instead.” You must understand the true value of the blessing. The True Parents assigned your wife or husband to you; that is a treasure greater than a chunk of gold the size of the planet earth. Unless you have a true family and blessed children, you can have no connection with the True Parents when you enter spirit world. Certainly your blessed spouse is far more precious than that chunk of gold because gold cannot give you eternal life.

Once the basic foundation is established. I will not have to come out to the world. I may seclude myself behind thick walls and then many people will try to come to see me. Why should I continue to speak in the future? I have given you enough words but you have not fulfilled them. The time will come when meeting with me will be far more difficult. Even the top leaders will not be able to come and go freely to East Garden. Although you will be longing to meet with the True Parents in the future, that opportunity will not be available. That time will come.

Today I have given more than a message. It is a declaration that the Heavenly Kingdom and the earthly Kingdom are being realized. That was the content of my prayer this morning for Parents Day-I declared that we are forming one nation under God. The time is not far away at all. You should feel that your family, clan, nation and the world will absolutely unite under the True Parents. One nation under God is realistically possible very soon.

I am not thinking of returning to Korea and living out my life. The head of that country and its government are not welcoming me. The time will come when we have the Completed Testament Pentecost. At the time of Jesus, 120 disciples prayed together and experienced the Pentecost which was the real start of Christianity. At this time, 120 nations will experience the Pentecost and their heads of state will ask the True Parents to come to their countries. That is where we will go.

My ministry between the years of 1983, 1984, and 1985 are comparable to the three days when Jesus was in his tomb. Therefore, it is not the time when I should be going out. It is the time to stay inside, the time of darkness. What happened after Jesus’ three days in darkness? He was resurrected. By the same token, after 1985 the True Parents will experience universal welcome and recognition. You must realize that the second generation within the communist world will be on God’s side.

On this Parents Day, the most important thing you must understand is that the mission of the True Parents up to this point has been incredibly difficult. I have worked for a forty-year period, twenty-one years, and now finally this three-year period, which is my final assault. These are most crucial times in which we live. My declaration today will have a crucial effect upon the life of the nation and the world.

False parents came into being because of the fall of man. Since then mankind has been suffering under the false parenthood. But out of this situation, I have installed the True Parents who must take responsibility for all the mistakes and evils that ever occurred. I want you to understand that this is the most cosmically difficult task of anyone, ever. The power of communism has been rampant in the world but the time of their doom is near. In order to stop communism, the Abel world must come into unity with the True Parents and be embraced by them. This is what I am increasingly focusing on.

In the earliest days of our movement, the nation of Korea tried hard to eliminate us. But today the people of Korea and particularly the government have come to feel helpless to stop us. Japan also feels, “We cannot do anything about them,” and they have thrown up their hands in defeat. Soon the U.S and Germany will be in that position as well. Ultimately the communist world will be helpless, as well. The communist world doesn’t fear President Reagan the most. They fear Reverend Moon.

Once this nation of America listens to Reverend Moon, the rest of the world will be no problem. Look at how Neil Armstrong’s trip to the moon was watched by the whole world. Don’t you suppose that we could give a television workshop by satellite to the world? S. is the key. That is the reason why the space age is here, according to God’s dispensation. Our movement is now utilizing all the latest technology. We are broadcasting cable television programs nationwide.

One of the largest television production studios in Washington, DC, was available. It was clear that God’s dispensation needed such a thing so our movement immediately bought it. The dispensation is moving fast. If in the future I call upon everyone to gather together on short notice and some people have too many things holding them back, they will be very sorry. Perhaps I will hold a ceremony in which all the blessed couples will be called to re-register. Even those 36 couples who do not attend the re-registration will lose their position. Likewise with the 72 couples and so on.

Today in only two hours’ time, I have given you precious knowledge of spirit world and physical world. On this Parents Day, I want you to understand what a great accomplishment the True Parents have made. Also you must know what great agony True Parents have endured to do that. The most important realization you must have today is that you have no right to complain about anything you endure. Do not worry about your own children and family. You must worry about only one thing: how to inherit the True Parents’ tradition and how to live it. By your doing that, everything else will be taken care of. You will pave the way toward your eternal and glorious Heaven. That is for the sake of your own tribe, your own descendants.

There will be twelve tribes. The True Children must suffer in a different way from you. Wherever they go, whether to school or for recreation, they are always whispered about, “That is Reverend Moon’s child.” And they are always hearing criticism about their own father. Even though you feel pain when you hear someone criticizing me, that is nothing like the pain felt by the True Children. Many times they are reduced to tears in their own school for this reason. How many tears have you shed because of criticism of the True Parents? How much agony and heartbreak have you felt for that? Therefore. no matter what, the True Children are spiritually higher than you because they are heartistically closer to the True Parents.

Being the son or daughter of Reverend and Mrs. Moon is such an agonizing burden that sometimes the children wish they were not in that position. It is that difficult for them. What should be the attitude of the Unification Church members? Instead of standing back and pointing fingers of accusation at the children, you should say, “God, give me their pain so that the children can be liberated. Let them grow up experiencing joy and happiness. Let us be the ones to suffer instead.” That is the righteous way to feel. How often have you considered the agony of the children? If you cannot go beyond their heartistic suffering, you had better just be silent and try to do whatever you can to help them.

The suffering and agony of the True Parents in the course of the dispensation is beyond comparison with that of any of the True Children. True Parents have had to endure much more persecution and heartbreak than anyone. True Parents have lived an entirely public life, bearing the responsibility of the universe. Some people have come before us and have tried to take advantage of us, even telling us lies. Such a thing is incredible.

Mother and I have suffered, not because we are foolish or weak or helpless. We are very intelligent and wise and we are stronger and tougher than anyone can imagine. Our suffering is simply because of our public mission. For your sake, in order to bestow upon you the proper tradition, we have suffered. I want to give everything to you and for the sake of the dispensation. Even now I am taking on more suffering, so how can anyone among you feel you have the right to open your mouths in complaint or self-service?

If there were no True Parents, how could God even think about the realization of His ideal, the restoration, or anything? These ideals would never even have the chance to come to the minds of humanity. The scope of my mission is beyond anyone’s concept-bringing light to this darkened and chaotic world. Your attitude should be one of respect and gratitude.

I am talking in such plain language today so that you will understand the plain truth; this should give you the motivation for repentance, as well as obedience. You should have absolute faith in the True Parents. This is the day of a new beginning; everybody must begin a new life. That new life must begin with repentance and in that way we can have new hope and new direction. As we march forward from today, this day will shine as a most meaningful one in history.

During the Exodus, Moses’ mission was succeeded by Joshua and Caleb; they led the second generation of Israelites into Canaan. When God spoke to those champions, he gave them two words of guidance: Be bold and be strong. You are the heirs and the successors of the True Parents so I am giving you the same two words: be bold and strong. Then God shall be with you forever more and victory will be with you always. By this victory, you shall create the Heavenly Kingdom, our Fatherland, on earth and in Heaven. Amen! That will be the glorious completion of your mission. Those who want to pledge that victory to me and Mother, raise your hands, please. Thank you.

## THE HISTORY OF THE STRUGGLE OF GOOD AND EVIL AND ONESELF

By Fami1yfed June 23, 2018 June 23, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1984

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### March 11, 1984
Belvedere International Training Center

I have not spoken at Belvedere these past several weeks. Is that why we have such a small group this morning? That is not good. Many religious groups meet four times a week. There is often a Sunday morning service, a Sunday evening service, a Wednesday evening service and a Friday fellowship meeting. Of course, any religious group that is active will have more frequent meetings. That is always better.

Today I will address you on the topic of the history of the struggle of good and evil and ourselves. There are two fundamental ways of life: the way of goodness and the way of evil. If the fall of man had not taken place, there would have been only one way of life, one road for man to go. Today we must clearly understand what that road was for man before the fall. and what the road has been after the fall.

Goodness or evil can always be determined centered upon the individual. Thus you are the one who determines whether certain things are good or certain things are evil. Goodness always originates from God and is connected to Him, while evil originates from the opposite being, Satan. The road of goodness is connected to heaven while the evil road is connected to hell.

This is apparent even in secular society. Those people who do good things and follow the path of goodness often accomplish good things and achieve happiness. Those people who do evil things often end up in jail and unhappy. Goodness leads upwards while evil leads downwards.

Who is at the center? The individual is always the one who determines good and evil. Good and evil are not foreign to you; they depend upon you. Many people talk about evil and social problems and so forth. Likewise they speak about good things and striving for ideals and a utopian world, but often these things are treated like something which is foreign or distant from individuals. This is not the case. These things are determined by the individual.

Even if there is such a place as the ideal world, a utopia, if you are not related to that ideal world, it has nothing to do with you. Likewise, if there is an excellent school with a fantastic reputation, you have no relation to it unless you are a student at that school.

You are the beginning point of good and evil; you are the beginning point of everything. There is a tendency for people to say that good and evil are separate from themselves, but that is not true. There is nothing of good or evil out there that is not related to you.

Everyone has a certain feeling about himself or herself, isn’t that true? When you think about yourself, you must ask, “Where is my own goodness?” You can’t find goodness out there someplace, like a commodity to acquire. Instead you have to look at goodness from within yourself, with yourself as the starting point, the origin.

By the same token, evil begins from the individual, from “me.” Everything begins from the individual, so you can go up, down, left or right. Our daily life is the process of determining what is good within ourselves and what is evil. How can we cope with good and evil? We must determine the original source of that goodness or that evil.

Because of the fall of man, we brought down upon the earth two ways of life for human beings. One is the good way and the other is the evil way. One is centered on spiritual values and the other is centered on material values. There are two origins and there are two basic kinds of people.

If there had been no fall, the two characteristics of people, the spiritual and the material, would be dwelling in unity. But because of the fall, they became characteristics of two types of individuals. One type of individual is basically centered upon the material aspect of life; we call that an evil basis. The other type of individual is centered upon the spiritual aspect, which is the base of goodness.

In this respect, the body has been the basis of evil. In other words, it is the stage upon which evil can act, while the spirit has been the base or the stage for goodness. Thus the base for good and evil are not somewhere else; they are within you. You are the one to determine whether you end up in heaven or hell.

Thus we could say that even God and Satan are struggling to make gains upon you; you are their stage, the center of their struggle. St. Paul said that there were two members within him which were struggling constantly. One was trying to obey the laws of God and the other was trying to obey the laws of Satan. He recorded this agonizing battle within him when he wrote, “Wretched man that I am!”

Before we can talk about utopia or the ideal world, we have to determine what kind of self we are. That self must be disciplined to reach the goal of the heavenly ideal. It is only by your own discipline that you can achieve that goal.

There is hell and there is heaven. That is certainly a true statement, but no matter how wonderful heaven is, it will have nothing to do with you unless you are entitled to it. Each individual is composed of two stages: the stage for goodness to act upon and the stage for evil. Two powers are pulling you, trying to steer you towards goodness or towards evil. Can good and evil dwell in the same place? Have your mind and body been the dwelling place for goodness or the dwelling place for evil? What can we do about it? Good and evil cannot co-exist in harmony. As soon as they come into proximity, there is struggle.

This struggle is fundamentally within you, the individual. Unless you resolve it, the battle between good and evil will follow you into the spiritual world and it will not diminish there. If you went to heaven in the spirit world, you would immediately be recognized as having the source of evil within you, that you had not yet separated yourself from evil. Therefore it would be clear that you did not belong there. The good, heavenly realm cannot accept such a person.

I want you to recognize the necessity of religion: it is to exterminate the source of evil within oneself and thus to defeat the source of evil here on earth. That is the process and the purpose of religion. Today many people have the wrong idea about the purpose of religion. They believe that it consists of defeating social evils and doing good in an external sense, but they tend to disregard the very basic struggle within themselves. They try to achieve some goodness or defeat some evil “out there,” but that is far from the original purpose of religion.

There are two distinct worlds out there, without any question. There is the free world, based on a theistic world view, and there is the communist world, based on an atheistic or materialistic world view. But everything originates from the self. Whichever of the two worlds is good or evil, they are nothing more than the extension of the individual appearing on the worldwide level.

The seed is always within the individual. The individual seed of good and evil is sown and appears ultimately as fruit on the worldwide level. Many people look at the United States, representing the free world, and the Soviet Union, representing the communist world, as the ones who will decide the destiny of the world. The conflict between these two superpowers are seen by many as the problem in our world today, but that is not the case. The problem is always the individual. We must realize this formidable fact: all the phenomena of good and evil begin from the individual.

Thus the problems of the world come down to one point: how to exterminate evil. The base of evil is always within the material realm. Satan dwells in and works through the material realm, so in order to stop the encroachment of evil, we have to completely control the material aspect of our own lives. We cannot allow it to operate without rules.

My topic is the history of the struggle between good and evil. Where does that history begin? It begins nowhere else but within each individual. Does the struggle between good and evil begin in your home or your family? No, that is too far away. It starts within you.

Can you say, “I am going to begin my battle against evil on the worldwide level.”? No, that battle must begin within yourself and it must be won within yourself first.

Are you convinced of this truth? It is important that we be really sure about this. The Bible says, “Know the truth and the truth shall set you free.” Do you really know that the battle between good and evil is within yourself?

We come to a simple criterion for this battle. Those who wish to pursue the road of goodness must deny their own physical bodies. It is true that when we have the choice between good-tasting food and bad-tasting food, we will naturally want to reach for the good food. However, the act of reaching for food becomes an act of either goodness or evil. In other words, the same food can be taken for the sake of goodness or for the sake of evil. It is not the food itself that determines good or evil.

Food is a part of the universe; thus it is a public asset, public property. Food desires to be taken in by some good man or woman and thus to become the nourishment for a good person s body. The energy of that food will thus be imparted for the sake of goodness. But if an evil person picks up the same food and eats it, it will become the energy for evil actions.

If clothing could speak, it would say, “I want to protect the bodies of good people, not evil ones.” This distinction also applies to the words you speak. The same words can be spoken for a good purpose or for an evil one. Likewise, your thinking can be for goodness or for evil. Your actions are also for good or for evil.

Since everything is determined within the individual, each individual’s question should be, “How can I become a better person?” You naturally want to defend yourself from the way of evil and pursue the way of goodness. Generally speaking, religion seeks to teach people that way of goodness and guide them away from evil. What is the basis for religious teaching? Most fundamentally, religion teaches man to deny his body and deny his own self-centered desires. This is why the religious way of life throughout history has involved suffering and self-chastisement.

Religion teaches people how to overcome the desires of the body. For example, some people will do anything to acquire food if they are very hungry, even going out and stealing it. But the way of religion requires that one say “no” to that impulse.

The body craves food and sleep. When your body gets really tired, nothing else matters and you try to find a way to rest somehow. Look at the three disciples with Jesus in the garden of Gethsemane. Jesus asked them specifically, “Stay awake and pray with me.” But the bodies of the disciples said, “I don’t care. Why should I worry about what Jesus said? I need sleep.” Then they started dozing. But a true man of God will follow God’s rule under such circumstances, not the body’s rule. Another fundamental craving of human beings is the need for sexual love.

Again, how can we control and discipline this craving? The fundamental teachings of religion try to chastise all the instinctive cravings of man’s body. That is why good religions have always begun with self-denial. Why is that? It is simply because of the tragedy of the fall of man that self-denial became necessary.

When we talk about the history of the struggle of good and evil, are we talking about something huge, such as the history of the world? No, not at all. We are talking about the history of the individual. We are talking about the struggle of the eyes, the nose, the mouth, the hand, the mind. Every moment of that struggle between good and evil is centered on the individual.

What is our goal in this struggle? The victory of goodness and the conquest of evil is our goal. There are many people who live their lives caring only about whatever the day brings them. Whatever their body needs, that is all they are interested in. But that way of life is destined to end up in total destruction, in hell.

What is the most formidable war? It is not World War II. The most formidable war is the ongoing struggle within oneself between good and evil. This is where each individual must gain victory. Without that victory, the individual will be a failure. World War II was a temporary war, but we are talking about the eternal struggle and are front line soldiers in that struggle. Every individual is actually a soldier.

People are continuously being drawn back and forth between the good world and the evil world. An amazing thing is that you can shift from the good side to the evil one in a second, but to go from the evil side to the good one is not that easy. It requires time and effort.

To fall means to go down. You can fall down easily but trying to climb up is difficult; it requires energy. To climb up you have to overcome the natural pulling power of gravity which brings you down. By the same token, you must overcome the temptation of evil. You must make a lot of effort to conquer that power; otherwise you cannot go up from the evil position to the good position. But to go from the good position to the evil one is very easy. What kind of power can guarantee that we will not fall down into the depths of evil from the good position? We must discipline ourselves so that we cannot be pulled back down.

A habit is an amazing thing. As Americans, you habitually eat hamburgers and cheese. When the foreign missionaries came back to America, the first place many of them dashed into was McDonald’s. You can see that the habit of the American way of life doesn’t die, even after serving ten years as a missionary in a foreign country. Since habits are so powerful, why not form the habit of living the good way of life? If goodness becomes your habit, you can always stay there.

What is the reward of living in goodness? When you achieve the realm of goodness, you enjoy love and unity in abundance. But when you fall down into the evil realm, jealousy and division are everywhere. Therefore the good world is based on unity and harmony and its essence is love. Utopia begins with God and people living together; the good God and good people. What is the evil world? It is Satan and evil people living together. Thus the difference is between God and man, and Satan and man. The first step towards heaven is to eliminate the Satan/man combination. That is the simplest formula. Whether that Satan/man relationship is controlling you or not will determine your destiny. This is a very important and decisive criterion

What kind of combination do you have within yourself? Do you have the good God and good person, or Satan and evil person combination? This is a very serious problem. Without making this fundamental decision on the individual level, talking about anything else such as the Unification Church or the worldwide dispensation is all in vain. The important thing is to stand on the side of God and to become a good individual, then you can talk about the church, the nation and the world.

Unification Church members are striving to be better than ordinary people. But when you examine yourself, how many hours do you dwell on the side of goodness during each day? How many hours of the day do you have self-centered thoughts going through your mind? Think about it. Even you spiritually elevated, enlightened people of the Unification Church cannot keep up with the side of goodness all day long, so how can you expect goodness in the larger society?

You are always moving, like a piston, trying to activate something. Are you a good piston or an evil piston? Before speaking about people such as Gorbachev, in the communist world, and wondering what they are going to do next, we’ve got to ask ourselves a more fundamental question: Where am I? Where am I dwelling, on the side of goodness or the side of evil?

It is quite popular to talk about the problems of the world and the evils in society, but people never want to talk about their own evils. They say, “Don’t talk about me!” People want to protect themselves from any sort of criticism, but they must first realize that the fundamental base for evil is within themselves.

There is a simple formula by which you can always dwell on the side of goodness and avoid the side of evil. That formula is this: when you claim yourself first, you are the dwelling place of Satan. When you strive for the benefit of the whole, you are striving for goodness. If you are trying to deprive others of something, you are satanic. If you are trying to offer something to others, you are being good.

You should try to live your entire life without falling into debt to others. Instead, give to others and build up your credit. By this criterion you can divide good and evil within yourself and know immediately where you are. If someone gives to you on the scale of 10, you should give back 11. If he gives you 100, you should try to give 110. If you keep up with this standard, you will always be above the line. But if you receive 10 and you return only 9, you are in debt by 1. This is simply logical.

The basic way of life for Unification Church members is to live for the sake of others. When you go home, your parents freely show their love to you and since you don’t want to be in debt, you should love them even more than they love you. There is a problem with American young people today. They often complain against their parents: “They never loved me. They didn’t really care about me.” Those young people are not thinking: “Could I love them more?” When you complain against your parents for not loving you but you don’t love them either, then you are equally evil. By condemning your parents, you become even more evil.

If your parents really didn’t love you, then you have an immediate surplus, not a deficit, from which to begin. If you give love to your parents, they will recognize that. They will see that even though they did not love their son or daughter properly, they are receiving a lot of love from you and they will automatically surrender. They will try to push you up high. They will say, “My child is number one.” What does “number one” mean? It means a God/good man combination. God is the ultimate number one, so when you become number one, you are closer to that ultimate number one.

Jesus’ teaching was universal: love your enemy and in that way you can conquer him. Love is the only power that can conquer your enemy. A person who owes a debt of love must be humble; he cannot be proud. Even when one is in debt just for money, he becomes a virtual slave to his creditors. What can he do? The creditors come around, banging on his door, and he just has to humble himself. What about when you are in debt for love? When you are in debt for love, you must think, “I must repay this love even unto my life.”

Where does the love-surplus operation exist: when you claim yourself first or when you put the sake of others first? It exists in the unselfish way of life. This is the fundamental historical struggle between good and evil and it is going on within each person. When you speak, speak not for yourself but for the benefit of the whole. When you see something, look at it not for your own selfish benefit but for the benefit of the whole. Satan is always looking at things from a completely self-centered point of view: “How can it benefit me? How can I use that person and exploit him?”

When you are about to get engaged or married, for example, some people think, “Father, match me with the most wonderful person.” But who are you centering on in that case? Yourself. Instead you should think, “Father, do your will. Give me the worst person; let me take care of that person and serve him. I will love the ugliest person more than I would love the most handsome or beautiful person.” If anyone is thinking in that fashion, there is no room for Satan to come near him.

People with that kind of thinking have nothing to fear in this world. Satan governs in darkness. The person thinking in such an unselfish manner shines like the sun even in the midst of darkness, so Satan cannot invade him or her. When that person looks back, he will see many people following him because they see light in him.

Whatever you do, whether you are eating, sleeping, walking, working, writing, and so forth, you are engaged in the historical struggle between good and evil. Reverend Moon came to America and because of him America became divided into two conflicting camps. Did Reverend Moon come to America to make money for himself? Did Reverend Moon come to win honor, fame and recognition? Reverend Moon came to this country to awaken it, to serve it, to raise it up. But what did the American people do to him? They criticized him, persecuted him, and gave him a lot of suffering. Reverend Moon does not feel he is in debt to America, either in effort, in loving, or in giving money.

Even while this country has been persecuting me, I have been thinking how I can save this country. One good example is The Washington Times, the newspaper which was created in order to save this nation from communist influence. Whether I am recognized or not, I am working on the side of goodness, day in and day out. At this time the American people are starting to realize that they are in debt to Reverend Moon, so they are becoming more humble.

You have to sum up your debts on one side and your credits on the other side. The bottom line must be an asset. What has the Unification Church done? Is it in debt to society or has it served society? Add up that column, whether it is a debt or a credit, and this will determine the destiny of the Unification Church. If the Unification Church continues to serve and maintain a credit, it will continue to go up.

Perhaps you think you have not changed so much and that you are the same Moonie as two years ago. But you are not the same Moonie, even if during these past two years you have been doing the same thing. That is because in these two years the Unification Church has risen to a new plateau, a different phase of operation. Now the most thoughtful American leaders are voluntarily coming to meet with me, seeking my guidance and support.

God is interested in men and women who have already finished their own battles, those who have won the battle between good and evil on the individual level and are trying to serve the country and the world. God is waiting for the appearance of such persons.

There are some things that I find impossible to do; for instance I cannot take a nap during the day. Some people can relax, lie down and sleep like a log in the middle of the day, but I cannot. Why is that? I think to myself, “Since I am teaching the Unification Church members to overcome sleep, I must do that first. At this very hour, so many members are fighting the battle.” If I sleep in East Garden or in the New Yorker, what happens? I will become a person in debt to the church members. I cannot allow that to happen. I must not be in debt to anyone in the Unification movement.

If some hardworking person is dying somewhere in the mission field and says to me, “Father, you pushed me down to this hard work and now I am dying!” I do not feel in debt towards that person because I did more than any missionary out there. I want to set the tradition. No matter how hard we must work, even if we have to give our lives as martyrs, we thank God for the opportunity to experience His suffering and that of the True Parents.

This is the attitude that has ruled my entire life. No matter how terrible my suffering was, I never complained to God, “You are almighty. What kind of God are you to let me suffer in this way? Am I not your son?” I never complained because I wanted to be in the position to serve God, not be in debt to Him. Under the worst circumstances, I always think of how to create a surplus operation, not a deficit operation.

There is no room for Satan to creep into my way of life. The world and Satan have been trying to say that Reverend Moon is bad, bad, bad. But in the meantime, Reverend Moon has been going up, up, up. Reverend Moon has that secret. I have received tremendous persecution and negativity, but I have always risen up further because of my secret: I never allowed myself to fall into debt to God. Instead I wanted God to feel indebted to me. Thus God always wants to pay back His indebtedness and I never want to let Him.

Reverend Moon’s life is a pitiful one, from the worldly standpoint. Even if someone tries to give me a comfortable, pleasant experience. I cannot enjoy it because I see immediately that such comforts will put me in debt to somebody. There are a number of people who have been serving me for many years at East Garden but not one of them feels that I am in debt to him or her. They cannot compete with my endurance, perseverance and hard work.

I do not want to have even a tiny thought through which Satan can invade. At the same time, I leave the territory for God wide open. When you don’t see me here at Belvedere on a Sunday morning, do you feel good or bad about it? Why do you miss me? Actually, when you come here and receive my messages you become a debtor to me. I become your creditor every Sunday morning. But you need that debt. How can you pay it back? You can pay it back by going out and distributing what you have received to others. Then you can also become a creditor, receiving interest. You will become a healthy branch on a growing tree. What I do here, you should do out there in the world. Thus people will want to be near you; they will want to listen to you and they will miss you. You will become a miniature Reverend Moon.

The struggle we are talking about is actually a battle. In a battle, there are only two outcomes: either you are defeated or you are victorious. Which do you want? You must make up your mind that this is your destiny and that you will live your entire life in this manner. When you give your life to serve others, you must treat everyone the same, whether they are important and famous or humble and weak. Such discrimination has no place when you embrace others; you must do it with one love, the same love.

When you look at another person, before thinking whether he is a good or an evil person, think, “What have I done to serve him?” That is the way I think. Water always flows downward so when you position yourself in the lower position, water will automatically flow into you. Likewise when there is a vacuum created, nature will cause air to flow into it. You must create a spiritual vacuum. I created an incredible “spiritual vacuum cleaner.” Instead of sucking in dust, it sucks in good spirits. How would you like that?

No matter where I go or what I am doing, there is always something important happening around me. I may not do anything or even say anything, but often people start fighting among themselves, dividing good and evil between them. Since I stepped onto the soil of America, there has not been a single peaceful day here.

More and more people are now defending Reverend Moon and praising him. Are the Reverend Moon of 10 years ago and the Reverend Moon of today the same, or have I changed from evil to good? No, I am the same Reverend Moon with the same Principle, the same teaching. It is America that is changing. The people are coming to recognize Reverend Moon’s value. Public opinion is changing more and more. People are saying, “We didn’t understand Reverend Moon before but now we see that he is a good man and very valuable for America.”

Once such public opinion is strong, what will happen to you Unification Church members? Everybody else will try to push you aside so that they can come closer to Reverend Moon. Belvedere, which is just a small place, will be booked up a year or two in advance. You might come to the gate and say, “But I am a member of the Unification Church!” and the response will be, `’Sorry, there are no more tickets.”

You must not think, “Belvedere is not glamorous any more because Father is not speaking there, so I don’t want to go.” That is the attitude of a defeated person. You should think, “I hope Father will come to Belvedere, but it doesn’t matter whether he does or not. I am going to Belvedere to meet with God. I even want to go there early to prepare myself spiritually.” In that way you become the master or the host of the house, not the guest. I want to see all of you become good men and women and good leaders.

A world war is not our problem; even communism is not our problem. The problem is that you must recognize the eternal battle going on inside of you between good and evil. The most important question for your life is how you can conquer evil within you. When I began my work for the dispensation, I prayed, “Heavenly Father, before I ever desire to conquer the universe, let me conquer myself.” “Conquer Myself’ became my lifetime slogan. Anyone who cannot conquer himself can never conquer the universe.

I am a person who can go to one extreme and then turn around and go in the opposite direction. Usually when a person goes so far in a certain direction along a certain path he cannot hope to turn around and go in another direction. But what makes it easy for me to turn around and follow any path necessary is that I can always accept a new challenge. There are always more people to love; this is the challenge of love and as soon as I see where my mission is, I turn in that direction.

I have lived my entire life this way and all kinds of things have happened in this world, as well as in the spiritual world. Wherever I move, the struggle begins and the spiritual hurricane flares up. At this time, national leaders of both South and North America are recognizing the real value of Reverend Moon and are finding hope in him.

When you reach old age and are nearing death, you can look back and ask, “Am I in debt to anyone? Yes, I am in debt to my parents. I have a debt of love to them, but instead of paying them back directly, I chose to pay back their love to the nation and the world. Was that not their desire?” Your parents will say, “My great child!”

This is what I have done. To my own parents, I can say, “Yes, I am in debt to you but I paid it back for the sake of humanity.” What about the Moon family as a whole? I can say, “Yes, I am in debt to you because so many members of my family suffered and even sacrificed their lives because of me. But instead of paying back my family members directly, I am living my life for the sake of the world. I have done this in your place and in your name. Thus, all the debt I had toward you was paid back and not only that, you have become major creditors to the world.” The time will come when the world will recognize the contributions made by Reverend Moon and that honor will come to all the members of the Moon family, not just to Reverend Moon. That is the way I will pay them back.

I recognize that I am indebted to my country, the Republic of Korea. Some Koreans have complained, “Reverend Moon, why have you spent so much money on the United States? Why don’t you spend that money on Korea?” But my debt to Korea will be paid many times over because all the work I have done has been for the sake of the world. Thus a great honor will come to Korea and it will all become a credit. At that time the Korean people will bow in gratitude to Reverend Moon.

I am also in debt to you, the members of the Unification Church. Why is that? You have dedicated your lives and set aside everything else because of Reverend Moon. But I am fighting on the front line of this battle; I am fighting for the sake of the honor of the Unification Church and heaven and earth. If any mistake is made by a Unification Church member anywhere, whether in America or Africa, the responsibility comes directly to me. Thus any bad things you do become the source of criticism against Reverend Moon. Reverend Moon represents each of you.

When Reverend Moon gains victory and triumphs over the situation, all the Unification Church members will be vindicated at the same time. In a certain respect, by coming to America Reverend Moon is in debt to America. But the work Reverend Moon is doing, fighting against communism and striving to build a new moral world- represents America as well. Thus any success of Reverend Moon’s will also become America’s honor. When the whole world recognizes Reverend Moon, they will be appreciative of the United States as well, since our world headquarters are here. Then American people will feel their debt towards Reverend Moon.

In a way, I am in debt to the spirit world because at this time an enormous spiritual army is assisting me in my work. My goal is the liberation of God’s heart. When I achieve that goal, great credit will come to me and at the same time the people in spirit world who assisted my work will gain honor and appreciation, too.

On every level of these struggles, unless I won the victory within myself first in that showdown between good and evil, I could not have made progress. When I went to Korea in December of 1983 and held the national rallies, the Korean people really turned out for the first time and expressed their gratitude to me. They felt that finally the Korean people have a hero after their 5000 years of history. These are the kinds of things they are saying.

Soon the free world will also say, “Reverend Moon was given so much persecution and mistreatment but look at how he is winning, not just for himself, but for the sake of humanity. We have never seen a man like that in all of history. He must be the kind of man we call a living saint.” Thus he becomes the Lord of the Second Advent, the second Messiah. All these ideas used to be very farfetched. Hearing such things made many people very uncomfortable. But now people are saying, “Yes, that is a possibility. That must be true.” Do you see that progress?

What is the secret of Reverend Moon that has allowed him to progress so far? It is the very secret I have exposed this morning, that one principle: I never want to be in debt to anyone; I always want to serve and operate with a surplus. This country will one day be in tears because of gratitude and appreciation for what Reverend Moon has done for them. They do not know all these things now but they will in the future.

I have been battling to conquer the Satan/man combination, trying to bring the world to the God/man combination. When I look at my own hands, I ask, “When did you love the world?” I ask my eyes, my nose, ears and mouth, “How much did you love the world? Did you give every ounce of your energy for the sake of the world?” When the hand answers, it says, “My master, just give me my orders. I am ready to do anything good.” My eyes, ears, nose and every other part are saying the same thing.

There is one word which is very final. That word is death. What will you do when death knocks at your door? My answer to death is this: “I am not going to be in debt to you. I am going to conquer you.”

At this time, the season of the ascension of Heung Jin, the spirit world has become very close to us. The worldwide Unification Church movement has been lifted up to a new plateau. Do you feel that? In a way our whole movement ascended. There are many new kinds of spiritual phenomena and spiritual accomplishments. That is not happening randomly but according to law.

Heung Jin was a genuine and pure young man here on earth but he did not fully realize the impact of our dispensation until he got to spirit world. There he said, “I did not know that my Dad is so important for the world.” Heung Jin has appeared to people in spirit, saying, “I have just come to realize how great a Dad I have.” That was the first revelation from Heung Jin after going to spirit world.

Even God Himself is amazed and deeply touched. He is saying, “I know I have a good son in Reverend Moon but how did he manage to dig out all the secrets of my heart? He has even understood how to liberate the spirit world.” God is amazed at the wisdom of Reverend Moon, but that wisdom has come simply because I have always lived only one way of life: serving for the sake of others.

It seems to be a difficult way of life; many times you feel you are confronting a stone wall. Everything may seem to be blocked, with no hope for a breakthrough but as long as you continue that way of life, you will always win; there will always be an opening for you.

People have looked back upon my ten years in America and said, “Reverend Moon is very smart but why did he make such blunders? For instance, why did he support Nixon and why did he oppose President Carter? That time was the beginning of all his troubles.” But historians are recognizing now that Reverend Moon was correct. Because of this country’s failure in Southeast Asia, millions of people have died. Communist forces have turned virtually the whole area into a dungeon. In Vietnam, America suffered its first defeat in its 200 year history. America still has not recovered from Vietnam.

If a man like Carter becomes president again, what can we expect? Such leadership could lose the entire world. At least President Reagan is sustaining the world. The professional political analyst, William Rusher, said to me, “I expected that conservatism would gain strength but I didn’t think it would happen for many years.” He never expected that the conservative power would become so great so quickly, just within the past four years. Something incredible turned everything around.

Sometimes Reverend Moon seems to be doing unreasonable or illogical things in the eyes of the American people. but those things are necessary for the sake of the world. Sometimes Reverend Moon is very harsh towards American people, particularly the white people. But he does that for the sake of the world, because they cannot continue their trends. I always speak for the sake of humanity. Sometimes it is painful to the American ego but you have to swallow it. You have to change now; then, not only you but all of humanity has hope.

In a way’ I am in debt to America and thus by giving chastisement and new vision to America I have been paying back that debt. I am doing these things for the sake of the future, to make America proud again. Because of that I have been criticized and even hurt. This court case is a good example. But still I will do this for the sake of humanity.

Many Washington political analysts are amazed to see the media, which has always been critical and negative toward Reverend Moon, turning around 180 degrees. They are almost unanimously stepping forward in defense of my position in this court case, from the conservative National Review to the liberal Washington Post. From the conservative, fundamentalist churches to the far-left Spartacus League, from far right to far left, they are unanimously supporting Reverend Moon’s position.

This is not happening because Reverend Moon as an individual is almighty and great. It is happening because the Principle that Reverend Moon lives by is almighty and great; it is eternally good. If you are hazy about the truth of this Principle, then you will fall into confusion and you will begin to have trouble. You must maintain an absolutely clear idea of what is evil and what is good in order to maintain yourself on the side of goodness.

Good and evil start from you, so whatever you do, there are either good or evil consequences. When you talk, walk, sleep or eat there are good or evil consequences. Do good, with your tears and sweat, giving every ounce of energy to remain good. You must be serious about this.

What is the most serious battle in history? Should we dread a World War III the most? No, the most significant battle is the one between good and evil within each individual. Unless you win that battle, even if I build the Kingdom of Heaven on earth, you will have nothing to do with it. You have learned today about the history of the struggle of good and evil in relationship with oneself. We know the boundaries between goodness and evil.

I am constantly testing Dr. Durst because he is a typical American. I test him on the individual level, and sometimes I test him on the family level, and sometimes on the American or national level. Dr. Durst is a fighter and sometimes he feels certain things are not right. He may feel he is mistreated and he will explode. Normally in a fight, when one explodes, the other person explodes next. But I retreat instead of exploding and watch to see what will happen. Then Dr. Durst starts to wonder, “Why didn’t Father chastise me and tell me I am no good?” But I just smile at him and welcome him like before.

The center of the historical struggle is you. Do you want to be victorious or be defeated? Certainly you want to be victorious. For whom? You must say, “Because I am the center of the universe and the center of humanity, I will win the victory for the sake of the universe and humanity.” That must be your struggle. That is the goal we are marching toward.

Everything you do has consequences for good or evil. Let us say that a man of goodness is put into a room with a gorgeous beauty queen who is stark naked. A man of goodness can face that kind of situation without anything happening. That is because his way of thinking is, “How can I contribute to her well-being?” It is not, “How can I take advantage of her or use her?” He always thinks of how to serve others. Such an attitude is what we call true nobility.

I received a great deal of temptation from women in my life. Some even said, “Oh, without you I will die! I will just kill myself if I can’t have you!” But I just laughed and gave them a smile. If anybody thinks of me only in terms of herself or from his or her own personal point of view, that person is not worthy in the sight of God. I certainly do not want any such person. I only want the kind of people who work hard and are willing to die for the sake of God and humanity. I am only interested in love centered on God, the kind of love where God can dwell.

We must live nobly. The Unification Church way of life follows the path of nobility and divinity. Because of this, many people are overwhelmed and say that they cannot live this way, and they drop out. But you stay with it and you will be victorious. Can you do it? God bless you.

## LET US GO OVER THE HILL

By Fami1yfed June 23, 2018 June 23, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1984

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### February 7, 1984
True Parents’ Birthday
World Mission Center
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

It makes me feel very good to see your happy faces today. You are young people and young people are the ones who will inherit their nations; thus you are the symbol of hope. Those in leadership positions today are mostly older people so they cannot inspire as much hope as you. You young people are the hope of today and tomorrow.

Another reason you make me feel happy this morning is that you represent all the different nations, races and cultures of the world. All five colors of skin are here; thus we are the living color family.

Who are the True Parents? Mother and I are normal looking individuals yet when we come here, all of you blossom into big smiles and welcome us with very happy hearts. That is a beautiful thing and a source of inspiration to me.

Yesterday was President Reagan’s birthday; suppose that he had come here to celebrate. Undoubtedly the older generation, those people who comprise the establishment, would be here to courteously welcome the President and his wife. But the quality of that welcome would be entirely different from this welcome today. Even though President Reagan is a great man, he can only remain in office for a few years. Then he will have to relinquish it to a newcomer. Therefore all the greetings and honors which he receives as President can only be temporary.

On the other hand, you are here to celebrate something which will have an eternal impact. You welcomed Mother and me this morning knowing that what you do here has eternal meaning; it does not end today but will continue forever. You are setting the tradition for eternity now with your whole-hearted welcoming of the True Parents. That makes all of us happy.

A new day has begun; new hope is on the horizon and we are moving toward our destination. We are the ones who represent the future; in fact from now on, we are the future.

Our slogan for this year is Creation and Building of the Fatherland. Everyone can say that he has his own secular fatherland or native land but there has not yet been any eternal, God-centered fatherland for mankind. Those people in history who have walked the path of true religion have had to live like gypsies, without any true fatherland. Have you Moonies had a true fatherland in which you could settle? No, we are the gypsies of the twentieth century. Our slogan of last year, Home Church Is Our Land of Settlement, represented our hope. We gypsies are looking forward to our permanent settlement in the true fatherland.

Have you been reading a lot of criticism and attacks against our movement in the newspapers lately? On the contrary, there have been many supportive things printed. If this trend continues. the day will come when all the people of this nation and the whole world will apologize to Reverend Moon. Do you think such a day will come? Will there be some people at that time who will be able to say, “I never did any harm to Reverend Moon so I don’t have to apologize to him.”? Does any such person, nation, or government exist on the earth? Who will be able to stand with me at that time without any blame?

In that respect 1984 is truly the year of the turning point, the year of transition. Looked at externally or secularly, we suffered a tragic setback at the beginning of this year. But from the providential point of view, we are marching forward and we are winning.

In March of last year, all the members in the 50 states were mobilized to go out on IOWC. Was that a good or a bad thing? The IOWC is the foremost patriotic movement in this country. Its purpose is to secure the true homeland.

When the mobilization was called, it included everybody-husbands, wives with children, etc. Some members wondered, “How could such a thing be possible?” They thought, “This is totally alien to the Western world. This must be some Korean tradition that Father is trying to import here.” However, in my mind there is no such thing as “Korean” or “Oriental” traditions. If what I have been doing were the Korean way, then it should have been accepted completely in Korea but on the contrary, Korea was the first country to revolt against me and my ways. By the same token, if I were merely promoting Oriental ways, the Japanese nation would have welcomed me wholeheartedly. Instead, they persecuted me wholeheartedly. Apparently my ways are not Korean or Oriental.

When American people met with me and my ways, did you welcome me gratefully, becoming the first nation to do that? Or did you complain against my ways? You Americans always say, “We are joyful, fun-loving people. We don’t like indemnity.” I am trying to do a virtually impossible thing here because it is true that Americans are people who like to have fun, but I am asking them to pay indemnity and do it with joyfulness.

When the IOWC began, there was a great deal of reluctance on your part. Many of you thought, “Oh no, what can I do? Do I have to go out?” Nick Buscovich of News World Communications is a good example. He said, “I am the vice-president of a big company. How can I become a mobile team commander?” But after four months on IOWC, his central figures tried to bring him back to his job, but he begged to stay out on the front line. That is because he was awakened to the true value of what he was doing. He came to the realization that there is no other way we can save this country.

What we are doing is writing the textbook for the salvation of this country. It will bring the restoration of American youth and the revival of morality. That is why people like Nick Buscovich want to stay out there working to become the standard for the Americans of the future.

As Moonies, you are different from ordinary young people. If we had chairs in this room, we could probably seat only about 400 people but because we are sitting on the floor we can accommodate three times more than that. When you first had to sit like this, did you welcome it or did you complain against it? If you are honest, you will admit that you did not welcome things like this at first. I’m sure all of you thought, “What kind of a church is this-no chairs or even any cushions!” Any other church would have provided you with soft seats so you could sleep very comfortably through the sermons!

Now that you have been living this way for a while, you have changed. You Americans can even go to Asian nations and become leaders there. You won’t have feelings of strangeness mingling with people who have thousands of years of history of sitting on the floor!

Let’s imagine that there were two different types of missionaries who went to Asia. The first one said, “I must have a chair to sit on and a desk; in the summer, I need an air conditioner. After that I can start to teach the Gospel.” But the second one said, “This culture is my culture. I can live here and mingle with the people and feel perfectly comfortable.” Which missionary would be welcomed? Certainly it is the second one.

We have another type of culture within our movement -the sleeping bag culture! Every Moonie has a sleeping bag on his back so he can go anywhere and make himself at home; he certainly doesn’t need a comfortable bed. This is another aspect of your cultural training. If you are accustomed to it, you can go anywhere-Asia, Africa, etc. -and you won’t feel strained or uncomfortable.

Many missionaries have gone to serve in underdeveloped nations in the past, but many have put themselves in a special position in those nations. They have had their own types of homes and furniture and they even insisted upon their own types of toilets. Without such comforts, they could not do their missionary work. However, the homes of Unification missionaries are very different. They do not take any special positions but instead they go to the lowest poorest areas and work.

Any missionary who insists upon maintaining his American standard of living will be permanently foreign to the people he is trying to serve. If you want to bring God’s message to suffering, sad people, you must have a weeping heart yourself. Unless you have known the depths of their sadness, you cannot bring comfort to their hearts. When you want to comfort someone who is weeping, you have to weep together with him. In order to teach others, you must be able to move their hearts.

God is that kind of personality. He always weeps together with those who are weeping; He always gives His heart to those who need it. If a missionary doesn’t have that same attitude, he will never become a leader in his country.

I came to America as a missionary and I knew that I would be in the position to weep together with the suffering people here. I also sought to bring tears to the eyes of the fun-loving. laughing people here. Both were necessary to teach this nation. Those people who have opposed us are no exception: we must bring them to tears and weep with them. We must inspire them with our heart.

People who are betrayers allow the true followers to stand out. Those true followers will be the ones who receive the most persecution as well. In order to lead this troubled world, you should be able to deal with and embrace the people who oppose you. I landed in America with the conviction that I would bring a new chapter to the history of modern day America, one which could never be removed. The media here painted a dark and distorted image of Reverend Moon for a long time. If what they were saying had been true, Reverend Moon would not be around today. But since I am still strong and flourishing, it is proof-to those who look-that the media’s reporting was untrue.

Wait and see who overcomes whom. Will Reverend Moon bow down to this world, or will the realms of both communism and democracy bow down to the new way of life which I have been teaching? I know that I have the ability to make that happen and with that understanding I have been teaching you.

Those of you here have realized that this country is expiring and the only hope is the textbook of tradition you are writing now under the guidance of Reverend Moon. After Pledge Service this morning, I spoke to Rev. Young Sook Choi at the breakfast table. He is now head of the IFVOC in Korea, with the mission of bringing 7 million members. I said, “Go with tears, sweat and blood and teach the Korean people the way of sacrifice so they can give up their cows, their houses and everything in order to save the nation. If you do that, you will be gathering much material for the textbook of the resurrection of the world.”

That is the kind of effort I am looking for; I am not interested in any sort of easy results. I want to see the creation of the tradition that cannot be bought with any amount of money. I gave stern warning to the members of the Moon family, my cousins, specifically Mr. Moon, the Vice-Chairman of the Unification Foundation in Korea. He is the second highest official of our church there and administers the church’s money. I told him, “I want to visit your home and see how you are living.” l would like to hear him tell me how poor he is, of even having to go around some days and borrow rice. That is what I want to hear about him and not any complaints of how he is living better than other members.

The leader of our church in Japan, Mr. Kuboki, has been the focal point of investigation by the government. They thought, “The Unification Church in Japan is supporting their worldwide movement and they are sending millions of dollars everywhere. Therefore, the Unification Church leaders in Japan must be wealthy tycoons.” However, when they checked on Mr. Kuboki, they found that he was living in a very small home. They tried to find out how much he had in his bank account but they were amazed to discover that he didn’t even have a bank account anywhere! Furthermore, his little home isn’t even owned by him but is rented. When they went to his home, they saw that he had very little furniture.

Before I came to the United States, I didn’t even have a small apartment to live in but lived in the church center. For the sake of the worldwide movement, I oversaw the expenditure of millions of dollars but when the authorities investigated what I possessed they found that I didn’t even have a home of my own. Some people might ask, “Why does Reverend Moon have that big estate, East Garden, here in America?” The answer is very simple: that estate is for the sake of the dignity of the church. That property belongs to the church, not Reverend Moon. Do you think it was purchased by money earned in America? No, it was not. It was earned by our movement throughout the world.

For the size of my family. East Garden is actually a small house. It was originally intended for a family with only four or five members but we now number more than twenty. Since we have other church members living there as well, the house is bursting at the seams.

You are a very special kind of young people called Moonies. You are privileged people, having guts and a dedication to the cause of God and the freedom of mankind. I have a message now to the Korean elders who are here today: You Korean people should come to realize in educating your own children that unless you do a little better, your children will fall behind these Americans.

The Korean people were in a position to provide more material for the Heavenly textbook, but unfortunately that has not been the case. So now you have to learn how to become truly exemplary. Because you elders have the same kind of face as mine, namely a strong, Korean face, the Western members have the tendency to expect from you the same quality of heart as mine. It becomes a big problem if that is not the case. I’m sorry to say this to you on my birthday, but the truth must be told! Truth is most powerful and must be told without hesitation.

So far, I haven’t even given an introduction to my talk! I started out telling you that your faces made me feel happy and haven’t even begun with our topic.

Today is the birthday of True Father and Mother. I am celebrating my 64th birthday and Mother is celebrating her 41st. According to the American custom, I am just about the age of retirement! Will you allow me to retire? Let me ask you: do you really need Reverend Moon? Why do you say yes? Do you need Reverend Moon for the sake of America, or for the Unification Church, or for the sake of the world, or for the sake of God?

Both sides of the secular world, the free world as well as the communist, have come to a stone wall. I want you to understand that we have a problem. We have a mountain to climb and go over. The free world has to climb over it and the communist world does, too. All of history has to climb over that mountain and ultimately God Himself has to climb over it. What is needed now is a guide or a leader who understands the path and the way to go over. Such a leader will be the one who must be followed by the entire world, including the past world of history.

Do you think that mountain of our destiny is any lower than Mt. Everest? That mountain is so high it seems insurmountable in the eyes of the free world and the communist world. Do you think that the sacrifice of one person would be sufficient to enable the entire world to go over that mountain? Looking at it another way, if the only way to cross over that mountain was to sacrifice your own life, would you be willing to make that sacrifice? Raise your hands if you are willing to give your life for that. Moonies are wonderful! If you are not just giving me lip service but your willingness is coming truly from your heart, then I won’t be disappointed.

Let’s say that one person’s sacrifice was needed to allow the rest of the world to cross over the mountain. Would that one person be the most obscure little Moonie or would it be the most powerful, valuable Moonie? Why would it be the second? Wouldn’t it be nice, like a bargain, for the world to be able to give up just a small person and not someone very precious? Why must the price be someone who is most precious?

First of all, such a deal can only be made between God and Satan; no human beings can intervene. If Reverend Moon were made to pay only the cheapest bargain price, then Satan would immediately go to God and accuse. He would say, “Look at what Reverend Moon did. He’s trying to take something very precious from me but he only paid a cheap price!” We must ask another question. Who is receiving the “money” from that sale or the value of that sacrifice? No matter how much Reverend Moon may want to buy mankind’s way over that mountain, it is ultimately God who must give His approval. It is certainly not for the sake of Satan that we are making our offering.

God is universal and cosmic; both Satan and Reverend Moon know that. Thus in order to avoid the accusation of Satan, I have to offer a sacrifice with truly universal and cosmic meaning. Only with that will Satan be satisfied that a sufficient price was paid. Since God is the one who is the ultimate recipient of that sacrifice, He too will be satisfied. And Reverend Moon as well will be satisfied. That is the reason why the sacrifices throughout history and in God’s providence have been the most precious things. Satan always demands the highest and best sacrifices.

Most people today do not understand the spirit world. If someone, out of ignorance, tried to offer a sacrifice to Satan in order to be protected from him, it would not really go to Satan’s purpose but it would ultimately go to God. For that reason, all good religions throughout history have taught the virtue of sacrifice of unselfishness and sacrificial love. None of these kinds of offerings could ever become the possession of Satan; they all find their way to God.

Let’s say that there are hundreds of steps which mankind must climb. With each step climbed, it is a victory for God and another defeat for Satan. Therefore, at each step Satan becomes more and more vituperative and violent. He tries to hurt and even assassinate the ones who are climbing the steps. However once a true sacrifice is offered, even though Satan doesn’t want to, he must admit its validity.

This is the reason why so many good people, specifically the saints, suffered martyrdom throughout history. At the time of their deaths it seemed like a defeat or setback for God in the eyes of other people but because of those sacrifices God was winning the war, step by step. Those lives were never given in vain; after a time their righteous causes were always won. This is the reason the history of the saints is written in blood.

The entire history of Christianity has gone this path. Two thousand years ago, Jesus Christ was given as a sacrifice. Even though he appeared at the time to be the most defeated person in history, his sacrifice has been blossoming ever since. The history of Christianity can be summed up as being hit and then winning, of being attacked and then advancing. Satan always attacks first and demands a sacrifice. This is not Reverend Moon’s story. This is truly the means by which God and Satan have been dealing with each other and battling in spirit world.

Over and over again in human history, societies have offered sacrifices and propitiations. In certain primitive cultures, virgin women were the most precious offerings. If such a thing were the custom in America today, it would be extremely difficult to find pure virgin women. Moral degradation has totally pervaded this society. This is the truth and I am saying that I do not like this about American women. Do you women want to go outside and have a demonstration against me? Why not? You know that moral degradation is the kind of thing that God abhors, while Satan promotes and protects it. There is no way you can justify it.

Knowing that we have this huge mountain to go over at this time, God looked for one cosmic, universal sacrifice. Where did He look? The most logical place was within the Unification Church. That is because Moonies are public minded people, trying to love God and serve mankind unconditionally. My desire has been to offer you American Moonie women on the altar of God since there are so few pure women in secular society. I wanted to send you out and let you work and suffer for the sake of the entire world. Therefore, I chase you out for the toughest tasks. Do you Americans welcome such treatment or do you hate it? Do you think that what I am saying is just Reverend Moon’s theory?

The people who are offered for such a sacrifice are elevating their work to the national level. So it is the tradition of Reverend Moon that those people, particularly those women who are trying to be a true offering on the altar of God, should not go to their hometowns to visit very often. You must stand as representatives of the entire country as well as the free world. By devoting yourself to the country and the world more than your own family and culture, you are loving on the largest level.

Once Reverend Moon left Korea and came to America, he was no longer a “Korean” but a truly cosmic, universal man. Reverend Moon’s heart cries out not only for the sake of his own homeland but for the sake of all of humanity. That is Reverend Moon’s tradition. Regardless of the attacks the media may make against Reverend Moon, they can never capture him within their nets.

The time will come when I have fulfilled my responsibilities here in this country. Perhaps I will retire to a cave in some mountain but people from all over this country will seek me out to pay their respects. If this is not true, nothing else that Reverend Moon has been teaching is true either. I have been the only one who understood this principle. It is virtually impossible to convey 100 per cent understanding of what I know.

Throughout my entire life and up till now at the age of 64, I have had one fervent ambition-to cross over and conquer the mountain. As an individual you must climb over that mountain. As a family, you must climb over it. As a clan and tribe, you must climb over it. As a nation and a world and a cosmos, you must climb over it. This mountain has even been difficult for God to climb over. But I am anointed with the destiny of climbing over it.

You cannot truly understand the secret dealings that God has had to make with Satan. Without anyone else knowing. I discovered those secrets and suffered in silence. Knowing those secrets, I declared to the world that I would walk this path unto my life. Once I made that declaration, the persecution began but I always determined to receive it, to suffer and make the necessary sacrifices.

When I suffered as an individual. it was for the sake of family restoration. When I suffered within the family, it was for the sake of the clan and tribe. When I suffered on the tribal level, it was for the sake of the nation. When I suffered on the national level, it paid the sacrifice for the sake of the world and for the cosmos and ultimately for God.

At the outset of this year, I declared that we must gain 70 million VOC members throughout the world. More than anything else, communism is the enemy of God; therefore we must defend the free world from a takeover by communism. If America retreats before it, there is no stopping its spread. Christianity has become the prey of communism in one nation after another. We must offer the world an answer, an ideological offensive that puts communism on the defensive. When we have achieved a worldwide membership of 70 million people equipped with this alternative and counter-proposal, I know we can turn back the tide.

For that reason, I initiated the drive for 7 million members of the IFVOC in Korea. The Korean people must demonstrate a sacrificial spirit in this drive. Unless they become the models in this respect, there can be no reason to expect 70 million members throughout the world. With 70 million people equipped with the ideology centered upon God, we can create the textbook for the rest of the four billion people throughout the world.

The foundation for this victory has already been laid so the communist world is on the defensive. They understand that their very existence is threatened. I know that they are going to try to use violent means to eliminate Reverend Moon. If they send an assassination squad, it will be captured at some point. Then the American intelligence agencies will realize the true nature of Reverend Moon and this movement.

The means of doing battle around the world have changed markedly. Instead of the conventional warfare of military forces, we have three major types of warfare today. First of all is ideological warfare; secondly is the warfare between intelligence forces; and thirdly, the warfare of propaganda.

America is a huge country with the largest gross national product in the world. Technologically and militarily everything is at your disposal here, yet somehow this gigantic nation has become helpless in the face of international communism. This is the tragic position of America at the moment. The government has no confidence to prevent the spread of communist ideology. During the Carter administration the free world saw one retreat after another; more refugees than ever came to America because their own countries were being taken over. People are streaming here because it is the last bastion of freedom in the world. Where will people go if this country falls? Can you plan to take a Columbia space shuttle to the moon?

I foresaw the present situation that this country is facing. We must turn the tide, beginning with an ideological offensive. Our movement has the ideology which is effective against communism-it has been proven in Japan, Latin America. and other places as well. The Unification Church has spread all over the world, even within the communist sphere. Reverend Moon has been persecuted by this powerful nation of America but smaller nations of Central and South America have perceived clearly that I am the only powerful resistance fighter against communism. For that reason anything that Reverend Moon tries to do, they want to support.

The intelligence networks of various nations have come to the conclusion that Reverend Moon is the only hope to stop the spread of communism, but one nation not yet convinced is the United States and its intelligence agencies. Furthermore, the power of Reverend Moon against communism is most clearly understood in the communist world-they have amassed more information on me than anyone else!

It’s almost like God is doing some worldwide tuna fishing. When you fish for thousand-pound tunas, you only need a hook smaller than a man’s finger. By the same token, God is using Reverend Moon as a hook and bait to catch the gigantic “tuna” of the religious world. At this time, groups representing 120 million Christians are supporting our position in the court case. Public opinion is rising up. Soon you will see some official hearings on this issue.

After the verdict in my trial and at the time of sentencing, people in the courtroom were stunned. The lawyers were particularly discouraged and apologetic to me for losing the battle. However, I was smiling and thinking to myself, “They put on a good show and I enjoyed it.” Then I went around and comforted each lawyer, telling them not to worry. Why was I so confident at that time? I knew the final outcome; I already won the victory, no matter what. The court battle was merely part of the process. This will become an important part of our textbook for the future.

When I first began my work for God’s dispensation, members of my own family tried to discourage me and they rejected my efforts. But now they have gained tremendous pride in me and they see that I have not done anything wrong. When we went to Korea in December, we virtually turned the country upside down. The government was completely surprised. I have always been standing on the side of eternal truth and nobody is strong enough to defeat that eternal truth.

Although the Korean people were shaken by their airline disaster and by the massacre in Rangoon, they were able to receive good news from Reverend Moon through the rallies. I understood God’s wishes precisely. He saw that the Korean people were in the position last December to give a royal homecoming welcome to Reverend Moon. The Korean people can unite under their common goal of Victory Over Communism. Thus I told them the truth: “You had no hope and I have brought hope to you.” My message was very clear. In the beginning, nobody trusted or believed me, including the Korean people and you people here, but now you know you must believe me.

My life has been very unusual from the beginning. As a little child, when I walked into a village something dramatic would happen without my doing anything. Either someone’s cow would die or the dogs would stop barking or the well would dry up. Something always happened because everywhere I go, I carry indemnity with me.

Although I worked for a long time in Korea, I never undertook a public rally there until after I had come to America in 1971. Many other religious leaders became very popular in Korea but then their influence declined. God’s strategy was for me to become a public person on the worldwide level, not just on the small national level of Korea. Therefore, only after I left Korea and came to the United States did my public ministry truly begin.

When I came to America in 1971, I immediately began my public ministry. I went to every state and my activities began to create controversy and turmoil everywhere. People were asking, “Who are those Moonies and what are they trying to do?” People were also complaining, “Why does Reverend Moon come to this country and disturb our peace?” Not only was I doing my public ministry here, but I also sent missionaries to 127 countries in 1975. By 1976 the fever of opposition reached its peak.

The Unification movement has encountered rejection everywhere-from all the Christian denominations, the Jewish world, and the Moslem world as well. The ultimate enemy of our movement is communism and the Christian world was supposed to be the allies of our movement. But they opposed us and the result of that opposition was the indictment and court trial.

I knew that everywhere I moved I would have to fight against government opposition in the form of court trials. It happened when I went to North Korea and when I left there and returned to South Korea. It was the same in Japan and I expected it in America. By 1976, American public opinion was like boiling water against Reverend Moon, but after the Washington Monument rally I declared that we would hold a rally in Moscow. People were shocked and incredulous. I’m sure that those who laughed the loudest were the KGB. When I was in prison in North Korea, Kim II Sung laughed at me, too, but now Kim II Sung pounds his table in regret that he didn’t stop me when he had me in his pocket!

All this is not because Reverend Moon is such a powerful and intelligent man. It is because of God’s protection of me. Ask God what kind of people He most likes and He will tell you, “I like a man like Reverend Moon.” I am walking over the hill. I have walked the most thorny path as an individual and within the family. I received the most intense persecution from my first wife, but I went over that hill and moved on to the tribal level. Now I am coming to the national and worldwide level. During all this time there was no moment when I was not receiving some type of persecution.

I tell you, I am a most short-tempered person and I cannot tolerate even the smallest injustice. However, after knowing God I learned the virtues of patience, endurance and perseverance. That is the only reason I could endure up to this point.

After I came to America, I studied the social ills here including the Mafia, drug abuse, sexual immorality, and so on. I studied such places as Hollywood and the movie industry in order to discern their problems. I also visited gambling centers such as Las Vegas and Atlantic City, in order to understand them better. Gambling has become a nationwide problem here.

After all these steps, what is Reverend Moon’s situation now? Reverend Moon has come to the top of the hill. The free world, particularly the United States, will not survive without being helped by Reverend Moon. The Unification movement in the future will not have to suffer the amount of martyrdom that Christianity did. Why is that? It is because Reverend Moon suffered at every step and paid indemnity for the sake of humanity. Today’s battle could be compared with Jesus having gone up against the Roman Senate. When we win this battle and also stop the spread of communism through Unificationism, there will be no more suffering to endure.

In today’s warfare of ideology, intelligence and propaganda, nobody can compete with Reverend Moon. The communists cannot keep up with Reverend Moon and that is why they feel threatened. We have even sponsored tours of the Soviet Union by Western media people. I have reached the pinnacle from every direction. That is the reason why the rest of the world must follow my lead.

I have climbed over the hill successfully on every level-from the individual all the way up to the present world level. According to the Divine Principle, the second sons or daughters are in the position to be sacrificed. This was true even for the second son of the True Parents, Heung Jin Nim. Heung Jin Nim was truly a handsome, attractive young man. He was most loved by his brothers and sisters; they all wanted to spend time with him. Heavenly Father has never had a chance throughout human history to really love a true child, particularly within His own bosom in spirit world. But now Heung Jin Nim is in that position with God, representing the true, unstained child of True Parents and God.

If the sacrifice of Heung Jin Nim had not been made, either of two great calamities could have happened. Either the Korean nation could have suffered a catastrophic setback, such as an invasion from the North; or I myself could have been assassinated. Since special indemnity was paid that protected me in Korea at the Kwangju rally, Satan’s specific target day, he hit Heung Jin Nim instead, at the same exact hour.

As a child, I was hand-picked by God to carry out a dispensational mission. As that chosen champion for God, I have not faltered. Even though Jesus’ life was finished at the age of 33, Reverend Moon has moved forward all the way to the age of 64. All this time I have been fighting an uphill battle against all kinds of dangers. Not only have I survived, but I have also been victorious.

The year of 1945 was a golden opportunity for the fulfillment of God’s dispensation. If Korean Christianity had united with me completely, the beginning of a new era, the Kingdom of Heaven on earth, would have dawned. Christianity paid 2,000 years of indemnity so if they had united with God’s dispensation in 1945 there would have been no more need for suffering. But since they did not, I had to start over again from scratch and take upon myself all the suffering in order to lay a new foundation, step by step. Finally I have come to the worldwide level.

I want you to understand that the Unification Church is a kind of substitute for the Christianity that failed to unite with me. The Unification Church was built up by my own hands and it is the new foundation upon which I can be accepted. Satan has been infiltrating the Christian community and the free world. Even though both those worlds opposed me, I have been working to restore them and have established many programs, such as the Interfaith activity, to win them. We have spent ten times more on the Christian world than on the Unification Church itself.

Now I am bearing the cross of the court battle. This is a crucifixion in the form of a character assassination. However, all of Christianity is uniting to save me from that crucifixion. This is a new phenomenon occurring in the world. When Jesus was dying on the cross, there was a thief on his left and one on his right. The one on the left accused Jesus while the one on the right sympathized with him. Today we can say that the communist world represents the thief on the left while the free world represents the one on the right. Even the terms left-wing and right wing have their root at the time of Jesus’ crucifixion. The communist world accuses their enemies, including Reverend Moon; they assault God Himself by claiming that He does not exist. The free world acknowledges God, so what they need to do now is to support and unite with me.

Among those people on the right side of the world are the Moonies who are saying, “Reverend Moon is our hope and he is the only one who has the solution to communism.” By doing so, you are totally uniting with me. Because of this unity, God can challenge Satan. The communist world finds itself powerless in the face of this unity. This is a sign of victory and it is happening now.

This is the time of the crucifixion of Reverend Moon here in America. Jesus’ twelve disciples ran away in fear when they saw their master being taken away. Would you like to follow their example or would you unite with me and defend me with your own life? The final hill for the Moonies will be Moscow. We are going to climb over that mountain for our final mission. I’m sure that some people listening here today are spies and they must be shivering to hear these things.

We have one more big hill to go over. Would you like me to stay in the forefront as we cross over that hill, or would you prefer to take the front-line position? Would you American young people take that position? Would you go on an espionage mission to the Soviet Union? The Moonies are those people who do not fear death itself. This is not simply because of a blind belief but because of our understanding, based upon logic.

Muslim extremists in Lebanon have killed themselves in the process of bombing Americans, as you know. These people are motivated out of blind faith; they believe that when they die on those suicide missions they will enter immediately into Heaven. However, they have no logical foundation for their beliefs. Would you want to live according to such blind faith or wouldn’t you prefer to have an intelligent, logical reason for your beliefs?

Reverend Moon is a fearful man, in a way. It is a very good thing that he is a man of God; if he had been a satanic man, the world would have had a lot of trouble!

Perhaps I will let you learn Korean by sending you to Korea for a couple of years. How about that? Your training might be to start out as a street beggar. Would that be OK? Maybe after that you could become a dock worker and a road builder. When you go to Korea, particularly on Cheju Island, your best friends would be the pigs. That is because every time you go to the toilet, those pigs are there waiting for their meal. The only country where you will find such a thing is Korea. Do you feel fearful about going there now?

In the Korean farming village, the best fertilizer is human waste. When the farmers distribute that waste, they have to touch it with their hands, even kneading it and making it smooth. What’s wrong with that? Everybody has the same materials inside-if you don’t think the insides of your body are dirty, why should the things that come out of your body be dirty? It all depends upon how you think about it.

As a farmer, I used to touch and spread human waste. When lunch time came around, we had no place to go to wash our hands so we would spit on two fingers and wipe them. Then we used those two fingers as our chopsticks. We thoroughly enjoyed our meals and we ate everything except the last, tiniest portion which our fingers had touched; we threw that away. Thus we maintained sanitary conditions and everyone in the farming village was very healthy and strong.

Suppose I brought all you Moonies to Korea to do the same kind of farming. Would you mind? In such a situation, it wouldn’t matter how beautiful a woman you were or how charming a man. The only important criterion for your spouse would be that he or she was a good person. Those of you who would like to have your own family linked with the True Parents’ family by marriage, please raise your hands. In order to get closer to the realm of the True Parents, you have to learn Korean customs. You must begin from the very bottom, even the village life as I have described.

I would like to have sons- and daughters-in-law among all the different races and colors of skin, particularly among those who have gone to Korea and have suffered the most. Whenever I decide upon such a thing, I do not judge people by any external quality such as physical appearance. The important criteria are your deeds, your heart, and your loyalty. I know that out of such persons, good and beautiful offspring will come. So if you really feel that Korea is your fatherland of faith, you will want to go there and experience the most historically difficult life there. That is another hill for you to climb. It would be a difficult hill for you to go over.

Even if people are cursing us, it doesn’t matter. We are a group of people with hope and a promise for the future. No matter how strong the opposition, it should only make you stronger and a better patriot. There will be no one in history who can stop you. If you need a model to look at in order to trust what I am saying, just look at me. I am invincible under persecution and opposition and I have gained success under the worst circumstances. When I left the North Korean prison, I was penniless. I was on the level of the lowest, poorest beggar. owning nothing but my own two hands. However. what have I done? I have laid this international foundation single-handedly.

Do you think I have a lot of money now? I may have enough money to get all of you married, but I don’t have enough to feed all of you. So once you are married you have to be able to support yourselves. Since I gave each of you the best husbands and wives, you are all indebted to me. That debt should be paid back, not to me but to all of humanity. You must go out and work hard, earning money now for the sake of the world, doing your mission for the sake of mankind’s salvation.

If I came to your home to visit you, would you want to give me your master bedroom to stay in? Would you demand that I call up and make an appointment before I came or could I come over at any time? Suppose I were sitting in your home and asked you for a certain meal or sent you to do something for me. Would you complain against me? You Moonies are like Reverend Moon. You have your two bare hands and with that, you fear nothing. With my two hands, I built this worldwide movement and you can do the same kind of thing. You have learned how to sell flowers and raise funds. You have gained many valuable skills.

If I went to the West Coast and asked all the Moonies to come join me in three days, would you come? If you only had three days to raise the money to pay for the airline ticket, could you do it? What if I asked all of you to assemble in Korea in one week? Could you raise the money to pay for that ticket? I was able to conduct a wedding of 6,000 couples, giving everybody only two weeks to get there; people came to Korea from all over the world.

We have a far better disciplined Heavenly army than any military group in the world. All the young people of America will pass through the gate of the Unification Church, at one time or another. Those of you who have a picture of me in your possession right now, please raise your hand. From now on, we are going to stress the value of carrying my picture. Members of the IFVOC will be given their identification card which contains my picture on the back. I selected a nice, handsome, young-looking picture of myself!

Without the protection of God, I could never have survived the untold hardships and difficulties I have faced, so anybody who carries my picture from now on will receive similar protection. At the time of the Jewish Exodus, God sent a plague upon the houses of Egypt which killed all the first-born sons. All the houses which had the blood of the lamb on their doorway were spared that tragedy. Because they had been warned, the Israelites were spared. By the same token. isn’t it possible that during some modern-day calamity, those who are carrying my picture would be spared? That’s the way spirit world looks at it.

Now that Heung Jin Nim has passed into Heaven, the spirit world is interceding more and more with worldly affairs. Those who are carrying the True Parents’ picture will unquestionably be given protection by angels and good spirit world. If you could open your spiritual eyes, you would see the same kind of phenomenon occurring even now, here in this room. Many of you have probably already experienced that if you were carrying around a picture of me and you committed a sin, within three days you lost that picture. That picture would not want to stay with you under those circumstances.

The time has come for the clouds and multitudes of people in spirit world to come down and assist this world’s affairs. Behind every Moonie there are tens of thousands of people in spirit world. You will find yourself being guided away from dangerous circumstances. Even though you might be planning to walk in a certain direction, your feet will not want to budge. You will sense that something is funny. Such a thing is very real.

Those who do not understand the spirit world and how it works will be lost in the future. You can never fully trust guidance from secular, earthly sources, the government, your teachers, your family. They can’t predict what kinds of calamities might strike.

The secret of the success of the Unification Church missionaries depended upon the spirit world. I never sent them letters or even gave them comforting words but when they went out to their countries, persevering in their work, they could feel the intervention of spirit world. Because they were receiving special protection and guidance, they never felt alone.

By carrying around the True Parents’ picture, you are putting up a special antenna for the spirit world to guide you. Since you are God’s front line soldiers, that kind of extra protection is vital. You are destined to follow in the footsteps of the True Parents so you need special protection from God. The time has come to use this weapon of True Parents’ picture.

Our ultimate destination and the reason why we need this extra protection is that we want to cross over the mountain successfully. We must go beyond the free world and beyond the communist world. We can never predict what kinds of tragedies might hit us or even the True Parents. It is most important that all of you stand up at this moment and make your pledge to God and True Parents that you will uphold the Divine Principle, that you will never let God down, and that you will be absolutely loyal champions for the True Parents.

No matter how many difficulties you might encounter as a front line soldier moving toward Moscow and the entire communist world, you shall not stop but shall continue marching forward. Everybody repeat after me, “We shall go over the hill.” This time raise your hands and say it once again. Amen! Thank you very much. God bless you!

## TEXTBOOK OF LOVE

By Fami1yfed June 23, 2018 June 23, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1984

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### February 5, 1984
Belvedere
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

The topic this morning is the textbook or the Bible of love. Jesus said, “The Kingdom of God is within you.” According to that statement, where does the Kingdom of God have to begin? It must begin within each person. All believers today, including ourselves, are longing to dwell in the Kingdom of Heaven. We must think, “Within me is the Kingdom of Heaven and because of me, that Kingdom is possible.”

Love is the fundamental core of the Kingdom of Heaven and we are going to enjoy the essence of love in that Kingdom. What do we mean by the essence of love? The essence of love is not for just an individual but it is for the sake of the whole. For that reason, that essence is enjoyed and appreciated by everybody.

Who is the center of that essence of love? Human beings cannot be the center because we are created, or resultant, beings. Therefore, there must be a causal existence and this being must be the cause of the universe’ the cause of the entire creation, including humanity. That first cause is indeed God.

It is important to realize that when people speak of God, they often think of an entity which has nothing to do with themselves or their lives, but that is not the case, God is someone who is already entwined within you and you are within Him. Let’s consider magnetism. The two poles of north and south are automatically related. We could say that they are entwined; they cannot be separated.

Human nature is such that we always desire a fuller relationship of love; we always want to go deeper and deeper into love. It is important to know how we can be harmonized with the essence of love in the universe. First of all, we must think of God as our subject. Each person is always in the position of object to God. What is the subject/object relationship centered upon? It is centered on love. Thus the essential relationship between God and man is that of the subject and object of love. The Parent/child relationship is the essential, universal relationship.

You enjoy saying, “God is my Father,” because it sounds good. But I want to know, is God really your Father? A father touches and embraces his child when it is growing up; he takes the child to the ice-cream shop. Has God ever taken you to an ice-cream shop? Actually, God is the closest being to you. He is the center and the essence of love and you are the fruit of that love, so there is an intimate closeness between you and God.

Each morning when you first wake up, you stand in front of the basin to wash your face and look at yourself in the mirror. Have you ever thought at that time, “I am not just seeing my physical appearance but also my spiritual self.”? There is a connection between your physical senses which Perceive your physical appearance and your spiritual senses which perceive your spiritual appearance.

A woman might look into the mirror and say, “I have a pretty face and I know I can attract any man I want because of that.” But have you ever thought about attracting God with the beauty of your spiritual face? Just as a man pursues a beautiful woman, have you ever thought that God finds you irresistible, too? Have you ever imagined God coming to you, saying, “You are my lovely daughter. I want you to be with me.”?

When you women know that your husband loves everything about you, including your skin, your fingers, your eyelashes’ your lips, your hair color, everything, doesn’t this make you happy? It is a great comfort to know that you have a husband who loves you from top to bottom. But the question is whether that love is only a physical love or whether your husband loves you spiritually as well. Which of the two is the cause, the mind or the body? Do you think love should start from the cause or from the effect? Love comes from the invisible, spiritual God; this is where everything starts. For that reason unless you begin from that cause, there is nothing permanent in your relationship. Nothing will remain but your body. You must grasp that cause and be centered on it.

Let’s say that God as the cause is a big plus and you are a small minus. If some kind of action is taking place in the minus, will the cause stand still or will it respond to that action? Whenever the object does something, it will immediately trigger a response by the subject. Action always evokes a reaction. Love must begin from the mind, but whose mind, God’s or yours? No, it is not from God’s mind but from your mind. Your mind arises out of God’s mind, so some urge of love must initiate from your mind.

What kind of mind are we talking about? Unless you have a mind that exists for the sake of the whole, the love of God will not respond to you because God’s love is for the sake of the whole. If you have a closed, selfish mind there is no way that the love which exists for the sake of the whole will respond to you.

When Jesus said, “The Kingdom of Heaven is within you,” it was the mind that he was speaking about. The Kingdom of Heaven must begin within a mind which exists for the sake of the whole. Such a mind is so broad that the entire universe can be embraced by it; the whole Kingdom, including all of mankind, can come within that mind. In that case, who should be the center of your mind-the nation, the world, or God? Yes, it should be God. If your mind is embracing everything, that means you are trying to capture or embrace the mind of God.

Have you ever measured the size of a mind? How many inches or centimeters does it contain? The size of the mind is not measurable; nevertheless, it can be so gigantic that it can embrace everything in the universe. Let me give an analogy: Let’s say there is a rich man with billions of dollars. His mind tells him, “You have enough money, so why don’t you do some philanthropic work? Give some to charity.” It happens that he loves Unification Church members, so he distributes billions of dollars among Unification Church members. After that, his mind would not say, “OK, you did enough charity.” Instead, it would say, “Now why don’t you distribute something to all 240 million Americans? Be like Santa Claus and give money to everyone in the country.”

So after he did that and gave money to everyone in the country, his mind would say, “Bravo, well done,” but it would not say, “That’s enough.” It would continue to urge him on, “Go on-there are four billion people out there, so take care of them too.” Even if he did give gifts to each of the four billion people in the world, his mind would still not be satisfied. It would say, “What about the spiritual world? There are 200 billion there!”

Even after he gave something to the population of the entire spiritual world, his mind still wouldn’t be satisfied; it would continue to push him forward. When would the mind be satisfied? The mind will only be satisfied when it knows that the ultimate universal center which is God has been embraced. From the lowest extreme to the highest extreme, the whole universe and cosmos have to be taken care of.

Only after the mind can see that the universal center is fully satisfied will it say, “You have done it. Everybody in the cosmos is happy.” But suppose that man was so rich that even after all that charity, he had money left over. Then the mind would say, “Don’t keep it to yourself. Put it in the treasure store of God.” When he does that, the mind will say, “Bravo, you have truly done it.”

So if that man gives up everything, is he in a tragic position? He may be empty as far as money is concerned, but he will receive enough love to intoxicate him! He will be drowning in the love of God. The mind is a tricky thing; it cannot be satisfied easily. It always seeks to go another step. When the mind has exhausted every possibility to do more, from that point on love starts to flow from the universal center, which is God.

The mind is the greediest thing under the sun, in a way. No matter how much you accumulate, the mind never says, “That’s enough.” Even if you have more gold, diamonds and money than you can handle, the mind is not filled up. What can fill the mind? The mind cannot be filled by anything material; only true love can ultimately satisfy the mind. With true love, the mind is totally satisfied and filled up.

True love exists for the sake of the whole. When your mind is filled with true love, everything is within your mind: the nations, the world, all of creation, even God. God comes and dwells within you. Would you like such true love?

Imagine a very beautiful woman who wants to adorn herself with jewels to appear even more beautiful. She decides to wear not just one diamond ring but ten, one for every finger. If she has diamonds sparkling all over her body, do you think that will make her absolutely happy? Suppose that woman thought she was the only one to wear so many diamonds, but suddenly another woman comes along wearing just as many diamonds. Suddenly, even though she is covered with diamonds, she is unhappy because she is jealous. Her mind is craving for more, as if she had nothing. Her satisfaction level falls back to zero.

Or in another example, suppose that beautiful woman is all dressed up in her diamonds and gorgeous clothes, expecting to be noticed and admired by the men around her. Instead, all the men are passing her by and virtually ignoring her, while women are coming to her, saying, “You look absolutely beautiful!” Do you think she will be satisfied in such a case? When she was dressing herself, she was anticipating the attention she would receive from men; she didn’t want to get a lot of compliments from women! So for that woman, are men more precious than diamonds or are diamonds more precious than men?

No matter how many diamonds you possess, what a woman ultimately needs is a man. Isn’t that true? Why do you need a clumsy man? What does he have? His pockets are probably empty; he doesn’t have any diamonds to give you. What is so good about men? Men possess something called love and that is the most precious thing to a woman. Where does the love of a man come from? The source of his love is ultimately God. When will the love of God visit you? The love of God, true love, comes to you when you have a mind that exists for the sake of the whole.

We can apply everything we have said so far about women to men. We can say that men are craving the love that comes only from women. Therefore a woman’s love is the ultimate thing that will satisfy a man’s mind. Nothing else can fill the big, gigantic mind of a man except the love of a woman. The man’s mind can only be filled when woman’s love, embracing the whole universe, comes to visit. No matter how greedy the mind of that man, it will be filled by such love.

Who is the king of greediness, in this sense? It is God. But even the mind of God will be filled when true love comes to visit. What does man have that can fill the mind of God? There is no aspect of tiny little human beings that can satisfy the mind of God except for true love. At the moment when the true love of man and the true love of woman, both embracing the entire universe, come together, they jump into the heart of God. At that moment their true love explodes and fills the mind and heart of God. Does that sound good?

When you hear these explanations, you can understand what Jesus was saying when he said, “The Kingdom of God is within you.” Jesus gave a description of the relationship between himself and God and mankind which seems tricky, in a way. He said, “You are within me and I am within you and God is within me and I am in God.” It sounds confusing, but in fact it is not. How can we understand that passage of the Bible? You have to understand the relationship between love and the mind. When there is a mind that embraces the whole, there is always room for the love of God within it and vice-versa. In that case, every mind is filled: God’s mind, Jesus’ mind, and your mind. Not only God’s mind but also man’s mind is gigantic. God created only one item that can fill your gigantic mind-true love.

When a woman with the mind of true love and a man with the mind of true love exchange their love, is God dwelling within them? God has true love and men and women become instruments to channel that love. That is why men and women were created. In that respect, men and women can say about themselves, “What a wonderful creature God has created.” Doesn’t that make you feel good?

To what extent does God embrace the universe? Does He say, “l only embrace the people I like”? or, “I embrace only during the day. I don’t like the night time.”? Is that the description of God’s attitude? Does God say, “I don’t like all four seasons. I only embrace in the spring time.”? God loves not only during spring but also in summer, autumn and winter. Furthermore, God embraces not only all good things but also the bad things.

What about you? Do you also embrace good and bad together? When you have the spark of true love, it melts and purifies all evil things. Jesus told us to love our enemies. He forgave the Roman soldiers who hung him on the cross, but would you do the same? If you were treated so evilly by someone, could you forgive him? This is the secret. When evil is forgiven and embraced, it is eventually melted and purified.

When you embrace your enemy, the spark of the love of God will melt away evil. Even Satan cannot help but surrender in front of the true love of God. When you are giving the true love of God, the smallest woman should feel, “My love can melt even the biggest man.” That is the kind of confidence you should have. That is the way I live my life. I want to embrace the entire world and every kind of person, even the most disagreeable ones.

Once a person tastes true love, he cannot go away from it. An analogy is the honey bee: when it is sucking honey from a flower, you cannot pull it away. Even though its tail comes off, the bee will not release the honey. The same thing happens when people find true love. Certainly, true love has an even stronger power than the power of honey for the bee. True love has the power that enables people to sacrifice their lives. It goes beyond the power of death. That is why in God’s world death has no power.

The greediness of human beings has caused problems throughout history. Why did God give man the quality of desire, ambition, or greed? He wanted to fill the greedy heart of people with true love. No man-made object nor anything material can fulfill the desire of human beings. The communists try to explain the world through the concept of dialectical materialism but that does not fill up the heart of man.

Let’s say that world-famous scholars came together and created a seminar, asking the question, “How can human beings find ultimate satisfaction?” They might suggest all different things, such as wealth, freedom, power and so forth, but they won’t be able to agree with each other. Finally, Reverend Moon comes along and presents his solution. Those scholars would have to agree.

When God sees this, He will say, “I have been waiting for this moment when someone finally got the right answer to that question. I want to give Reverend Moon a certificate as well as a big prize because he deserves it.” Do you think that everybody will resent God’s blessing on Reverend Moon, or will they say, “Yes, he deserves it.”?

The real truth is simple but it is not easy to find. Because you have been following Reverend Moon’s tradition and way of thinking, you are different from the rest of the world. That is why you can be proud to be a Unification Church member.

The men and women who possess a mind of true love have to be tested on the street. All kinds of people will pass you by: white people, yellow people, black people, and they will point their fingers at you. Sometimes they even shove you and say, “Look at that Moonie.” How would you respond? If you respond in the normal, secular way, you will not survive. You will become completely frustrated.

Perhaps when you go out fundraising, someone will come up to you and say, “Hey, Moonie, you follow that yellow man, don’t you? You are brainwashed! Get out of here!” How would you feel? Can you embrace the whole universe and very specifically that man? Can you say, “I want to meet thousands more men like that” and feel that you have not yet begun to fight?

Let’s look at two different people. One embraces and accepts only those people who are good, positive and respectful to him, while the other embraces people full of negativity and hatred. When God looks at those two people, which will He pay more attention to? Yes, it is the second one because God knows that the second person is more like Him.

Think of how much ridicule and negativity God receives. The worst things have been said about God. People say, “God is dead, God is helpless, God is too old.” Communism rises up and claims that there is no God. God has been thoroughly ridiculed and persecuted by mankind; you have no idea the extent of it. What you experience is nothing in comparison to what God has received, yet God is still embracing and calling out to the most satanic people.

Many people accuse God, saying, “Look, God! Look at how evil that person is and how unworthy he is of Your love!” Yet, God replies, “Is that so? Well, I will still embrace him.” That is the nature of our God, our Father. We have to ask ourselves a question: How much do we resemble God, our Father? How about you? Don’t you have something to repent about? You have no idea of the suffering God has endured.

Reverend Moon is one man who has been embracing everyone, including good people and evil people, trying to melt all their qualities with the true love of God. No one has thought in that fashion, let alone lived his entire life that way. Without a doubt, all mankind shall come under this one tradition. The True Father and Mother have committed their lives for the sake of their mission, for embracing the enemy world.

As a Moonie, how do you feel when you hear these things? How much have you done so far? Perhaps you have done the best you could, without understanding the depth of these things, so your first deed should be to repent. You know you have not come even near to the standard of God, but you know that standard now; you have heard the truth and you must make effort to achieve that goal.

There are many people around me, many people following me, including all the leaders. Among them, who is thinking of how to embrace the whole world? Who is trying to take responsibility for the bad things and melt them? There are many who are analyzing and accusing others. I know which of you are trying to embrace from the viewpoint of God and who is accusing others from the viewpoint of Satan.

What do you think? Is my observation correct or not? Is it correct only in the New York area or is it universally correct? Whenever two people are quarreling, I can immediately see who is wrong and who is right. Jesus demonstrated that spirit in the court of the governor, Pontius Pilate. He did not speak; he was silent. He did not want to make excuses. He was absolutely silent because in that way he was able to embrace the court. Jesus lived that way of life and history protected him.

Today Reverend Moon is controversial, not only in one country but throughout the entire world. More and more, communism is looking at Reverend Moon as their mortal enemy. Communists are forming all kinds of plots to try to eliminate me. But you must understand that no matter what happens to me, even if they are successful in physically eliminating me, that will not stop the march of the love of God. That love will prevail. The world will eventually be enlightened and united by the teaching of Reverend Moon, whether he is physically alive or not.

We are truly on the threshold of the most gigantic and glorious task in history. When you embrace the universe, you embrace yourself. What kind of self? The true self. When a person achieves that, his mind and his body are entirely harmonious and united. In that case, you will never put the desires of your body before the desires of your mind. Your mind will be the master of your body. When your mind is filled with true love, your body will be obedient to your mind. That was God’s original ideal. The original God-given mind has the tendency to embrace the universe, not to just search after selfish gain.

However, Satan always uses man’s body as the stage for his activities. Thus your God-embracing mind should control your body before Satan can control it. That is why we need training. The mind knows that the body is always susceptible to satanic enticements. There are all kinds of temptations coming to you and the body is always trying to look in that direction, but the mind is saying, “You rascal, look at me. Don’t look at the world, look at me.” The mind is always trying to turn the attention of the body towards it.

Because that is man’s original nature but Satan is always trying to use man’s body as his stage, there is always a battle going on between body and mind. That is the basic struggle within human beings. The body wants comfort and sensual pleasures. Unification Church members must know that unless you have a straight mind such as I have described, centered upon God, it doesn’t matter how beautifully you dress yourself or make your body healthy. That body will become the prey of Satan and a sacrifice to him, like Satan’s altar.

You must change your body. Your mind must be able to control the actions of the five senses, the five organs: the eyes, ears, smell, taste, and sexual desires. Don’t search for your universal enemy anywhere else: it is right here within you. The self can become the stage for Satan and therefore your worst enemy is within you. That enemy is worse than the Soviet Union, worse than any criminal in the world.

Your body can be susceptible to becoming Satan’s instrument. You want to embrace your good self, not your evil self. You don’t want to become a partner of evil but rather a partner of goodness. First you must become the kind of man or woman whose mind and body are united, centered upon God, and then you can embrace a person of the opposite sex with the same qualifications. That is all right; that is principled. When a God-centered man and a God-centered woman come together and together they embrace the nation, the world and the universe, that is good. Otherwise, it is not good.

Please raise your hands if you are blessed members. Compare these criteria I have given with your own married life and relationship. Sometimes I push you couples out for the sake of a greater mission. You may feel, “We are blessed now and I want to live with my wife. She should be with me all the time.” But I am saying, “You should separate now and go out for the sake of the nation, the world, and the universe.” When that happens, you should realize that I am pushing you and God is pushing you for the sake of your greater self.

You were only thinking about the embrace between a man and a woman but you have never thought about a man and woman together embracing the nation, world and universe. Is that heaven? Can you make it into heaven? A man and woman may be separated physically but they are going out to embrace bigger things such as the world, humanity and the universe. After having accomplished that, when they meet again, they will embrace each other with the universe at the center. They will be a truly fulfilled couple.

Compare two couples, one who is just busy embracing each other and the other who is dedicating themselves, giving their youth and their lives for the sake of the nation, the world, and the universe. Which one is more meaningful and more valuable?

Without any question, I love you. You are precious and I absolutely wish you well. I gave the Blessing to you because I care for you and love you. But sometimes the consequences of that Blessing make my face red; I feel ashamed in front of the world and mankind. I feel that something was not good about it. Therefore, when you go out to the mobilization, go beyond my expectations. Go out to suffer for the sake of humanity. In that way you will be doing the greatest thing and you will comfort me. Then my heart will be touched and I will want to give out more blessing. I will pray for God to remember your sacrifice and bless you much more. Whatever you generate, whatever your action, you receive the reaction.

I have heard that some blessed couples are trying to have three children as quickly as possible because then they will not have to be mobilized. But if you think that way, I will change my thinking, too. I will say, “Until you have ten children, you should go out.” If you go out on the mobilization leaving ten children behind, that means you will be embracing ten times, even a hundred times, your ten children. This is more important for the benefit of your children; more blessing will come to them because you are working, instead of focusing on them.

Sometimes I feel sorry for you. You are unlucky men and women for having met me, aren’t you? If you had not met me, you wouldn’t be seated on this hard floor right now. You would not have been pushed out to work and be separated from your spouse. You would not have had all this chastisement. You could be doing anything you wanted if you hadn’t met Reverend Moon. You could go out and date as much as you wanted, and go dancing as much as you desired.

Instead, here you are, having met Reverend Moon. What a tragic life-you can’t even go on dates. You have some old girlfriend and you can’t meet with her or hold her hand. In the secular world you can just come together with anyone you desire, without even bothering with the formalities of marriage, if you choose. You can live with some woman or man as you desire.

But you say, “After ten years in this movement, I am still waiting to be matched! I don’t even know what kind of girl is coming to me!” The fact is that I know very well how you feel. I know exactly how things go out there but still I must enforce the Principle. That is my agony, also. Do you think I should be lenient and say, “All right, you have suffered enough so now you can go out and do whatever you want”? What do you want me to do? Do you want me to continue to enforce the Principle of God, without compromising even one iota? If you say yes, you are very smart.

To comfort yourself, just say, “This is my destiny. Nothing else matters because I was born for this.” Think of this: a dog has a dog’s destiny; he will always be a dog and nothing else. A cat has a cat’s destiny; he cannot become a tiger or anything else. By the same token, a Moonie has a Moonie’s destiny. Thank God we are Moonies!

I have had to think in the same way. I was born for this destiny so I just cleared my mind and refused to think about anything else. I said, “This is my God-given destiny and I am living it out.” My life has been full of amazing things. Even when I was very young, whenever I walked into a village, dramatic things started to happen.

I knew that a legal battle would be coming to me once I moved to the United States. It has been a part of my destiny wherever I have gone, North Korea, South Korea, Japan, and now the U.S. So my attitude was to embrace that destiny. I am only interested in what kind of blessings will come after the fulfillment of that destiny.

Many people sneaked away from the Unification Church in the past, seeing no hope here. In Korea, Japan, and the U.S., people thought that they were wise and left the church, thinking they would live their lives more fully. But what happened? They thought that Reverend Moon would be ruined but he has not been ruined. They thought their lives would become better but instead they became more and more difficult. So after ten, twenty or even thirty years, people have come back and said, “Please remember me. I was a member thirty years ago!”

These people see that God is indeed on Reverend Moon’s side. If God is on Reverend Moon’s side, anybody who tries to follow Reverend Moon will be on God’s side, too. They will flourish and many blessings will come to them; they will be seen as good men and women in the sight of God. This is Reverend Moon’s thinking: that anybody on Reverend Moon’s side is on the side of God. Anybody going the other way is going against God. In the meantime, I am not standing still. I am moving forward and embracing the world, step-by-step.

Do you think that what I am saying is true? How do you know it is true? I know that it is true through my own experience. My own relatives, my brothers and sisters, did not believe in me; my own mother doubted me. My aunts and uncles thought I was in deep trouble; the Korean nation thought I was in deep trouble. But many years later, these people have come to realize that Reverend Moon represents the only hope for them and their survival.

This is happening in the U.S. as well. In the past, many Americans thought that Reverend Moon was a thorn in their side, an obstacle that should be eliminated. But now that I have been here for twelve years, those same people are recognizing that there is no other way to counter communism than by following Reverend Moon’s guidance. They are seeing that Reverend Moon is offering them hope, not only for themselves but for the nation and the world.

We are speaking of the textbook of love. What is a textbook? A textbook is a guide; anybody who follows the same guide or formula will achieve the same results. With the textbook of love, you will first of all embrace your family. What are the components of your family? First there are the grandparents and then the parents. Then there are the children, which is your position, and then the grandchildren.

The question to ask is, do these four levels of couples belong to God? Are they God-centered or not? The family is the center of the universe; it is the building block and when you duplicate the building block, you build the world. Unification Church members should know that. What are the elements of the universe? First, God is there, then spirit world, the physical world and all the creation. Those elements are all within your family. The universe has all these elements and your family also has all these elements.

Whether in the present, past or future, human character is the same. The human mind remains the same; it is the same container. The important question is what substance fills up that container? With what do both God and human beings want to fill up that container? With true love. That desire is the same, whether you are on the grandparent’s level, the parent’s level, your level or the grandchildren’s level.

For you members of the Unification Church, where is the Kingdom of God? The Kingdom of God is within your family. That Kingdom is desired by the grandparents. the parents, yourselves, and your children.

If your own physical parents are divorced or separated, raise your hands, please. Among those who raised your hands, if you think this situation brought you great happiness, please raise your hands again. Those who feel it was unfortunate, please raise your hands. No matter where you are from, you all arrived at the same conclusion about this question. Do you think that in a thousand years, people will change and they will say, “Yes, I am glad that my mom and dad divorced.”? No, that age will never come.

Just by observing nature, you can find unchanging truth. When you see a family of wild ducks swimming in a pond, it is natural to see both parents with the babies; you don’t normally see a single duck parent trying to take care of a brood of babies. The mother duck swims in front, and the proud, good-looking father duck is behind, protecting them. Does this look good or bad? Will this phenomenon change when technology becomes more advanced? No, it will not.

The smallest bird knows how to feed and protect its young. In fact, the smallest birds are the more alert because they are more vulnerable. They know that all kinds of predators will to try to get their babies. On the other hand, the eagle is quite confident as it watches its babies. It knows that nobody is going to come and attack its young. If necessary, the eagle can fight off any predators.

The baby eagles are perfectly trusting under the protection and care of the mother and father eagle. The baby will accept anything the parent does for it, even taking a snake for food if the parent gives it to him. It doesn’t resist and say, “Oh no, Mommy, I don’t want to eat a snake!” It just opens its mouth and eats. But the supreme creation of God, human beings, are not that way. So many children are mistrustful of their parents’ judgment. This is what is called the generation gap.

What about the conduct of parents? There are cases of parents wanting to go out to a party and not having a baby-sitter, so they just tie their child into the bed, saying, “You stay here until I come back. Don’t move.” That is a terrible thing for a parent to do. The degradation of human moral character has fallen far below the insects, the birds or the animals. Because of the degradation of the family, the world has become what it is.

The family is the microcosm of the universe. God gave us this microcosm as our textbook of love, the school in which people can be trained to relate with the rest of the world. Who should be the master or the subject of the family? It should be whoever knows the most and serves the most. Who knows more, experiences more, and has more power to control? It is the grandparents. Why is this correct? The grandparents are in the position to have more experience and they certainly know more. Thus the grandfather is like the king of that family.

At some point the grandparents know they are getting old and so they say, “My children, you should take over. I dedicate everything to you.” Then the parents will say, “If that is your wish, we will take that responsibility.” Eventually the parents will say, “Now, my child, you are ready to take over the responsibility of this family.” Then you will come up into the responsible position. That is the way responsibility is delegated. That becomes the tradition: the grandparents delegate the responsibility to the parents, then the parents give it to you, and you to your children. As each generation of grandparents goes to spirit world, the responsibility moves along.

The family is the microcosm of the universe and the textbook of love for universal relationships. However, because the world is fallen, there have been no totally God-centered grandparents, parents, children or grandchildren. For that reason, God wants to remake or restore this textbook of love from the very beginning. He wants to make one true model and that is the reason religions were begun. The ultimate purpose of religion has been to recapture the ideal family.

Finally one religious movement has come, declaring clearly to the world that the family is the building block of the Kingdom of Heaven. Perfection must come to the family and the family must be God-centered. Furthermore, it is teaching the concept of True Parents. This is the teaching of the Unification Church. The Unification Church has brought forth a new concept of the family and through that family, a new concept of the world, the universe, and all of humanity. The mission of the Unification Church is to create that model, the textbook of love, and to expand it to the universal level. In that way, we can remake society. That is the goal.

What is the purpose of the Blessing you have received? It is to create that new family tradition as the textbook of love for the world. This is the first time in human history that the terminology of True Parents has been used. Without True Parents, how can we expect to have true grandparents? Without True Parents, there is no way we can have true husband and wife or true children. Thus the focal point of this historical event must be the True Parents. From that point on, all things start to happen.

This is the first time ever that True Parents have appeared on the face of the earth. Who is the central figure on the True Parents’ family level? Once True Parents become true grandparents, who will be the central figure then? According to the tradition, the grandfather must be the center, so when he is promoted to the grandparents’ position, he remains the central figure.

In order to spread this textbook centered upon True Parents throughout the world, the Blessing has taken place all over the world-from the 36 couples to the 6,000 couples and later on to 60,000 and even 600,000 couples. When 600,000 couples are blessed, who will be their center? As long as True Parents are living here on earth, they will become the True Grandparents, True Great Grandparents, and so forth. Thus they will still be the central figures. When they go to spirit world, they will ascend to the top of the restored clan, society and world, just as it was supposed to be at the beginning.

As blessed couples, you are inheriting that tradition. You must receive it and uphold it, clean and pure. In order to inherit that tradition, you must become like the True Parents. You must live like them and embrace heaven and earth, the entire world and humanity. Then you can say, “Yes, Father, we inherited that tradition.”

Now I am pushing you couples out to the world so you can live like the True Parents. In this way you can embrace the world and humanity and thus you will be entitled to receive that tradition as your inheritance. If you do not do that, you will not become the central figures of your family. Unless you have inherited that central tradition, you will not be able to enter the Kingdom of Heaven.

Will you inherit that tradition as a Japanese, a Korean, or as an American or a Black? Before the fall of man, were there such distinctions? There was supposed to be one race, one tribe-the True Parents’ tribe. In that tribe, there was supposed to be one universal language-the True Parents’ language.

This is like a grafting process. The blessed couples have to be grafted to the mother tree to learn the mother tree’s language. When you get married, if your spouse is from another nationality, you have to learn that new language. By the same token, in the heavenly world you have to learn the eternal spiritual mother tongue. How can you be entitled to inherit the heavenly tradition if you don’t even know the customs, the culture or speak the mother tongue? Therefore, those who do not speak the mother tongue have no power and no privilege to receive the inheritance. It is clearly stated in the Divine Principle.

Therefore I gave everybody some time, almost too much time, until 1990, to learn and speak the mother tongue. In that year I will issue the inheritance. I will open a heavenly family registration and the heavenly families will be recorded. That record will be like a birth certificate into the Heavenly Kingdom. It will remain there for all time.

When you study the mother tongue, you will understand the difficulty Oriental people encounter when they try to learn English. Although I am over 60 years old, I have been studying English. You must taste that effort in reverse. You will have no excuse; you cannot tell me that you are too old to learn a new language since you are all younger than I am! Keep practicing; have a small textbook of the Korean language and study the letters and the words every day.

The True Parents happened to be born in Korea and to speak the Korean language. If you don’t want to learn Korean, go ahead and find some English-speaking True Parents. Unfortunately, there are none. God anointed only one set of True Parents, so you have no choice. Perhaps you want to find Chinese or Japanese True Parents? Go ahead, ask Mr. Kuboki if he wants to be the True Parent!

The remarkable words “True Parents” will unify language around the world. You will not regret it because the Korean language is the most advanced, descriptive and beautiful language ever known to humanity. Korean people have to be smart because of their language; they have to keep up with it. Korean has so much variety in its sounds. Therefore Korean people can learn any other language. This is different from Japanese, which has very limited sounds. I am not saying all this just because I am Korean. It is based on the Principle.

When I speak to you, you have to depend upon a translator. When I listen to the translation, I can tell that at least 30% of the meaning is lost. You should be able to hear my words directly, receiving 100% of what I am saying. When you are able to read the Korean language, you will read the Korean textbook of my sermons and you can compare them with the translations. Then you will see marked differences. It is virtually impossible to perfectly translate the original. In the future, scholars will not bother with any translations; they will go right to the original language.

No one is able to go around the world and love everyone, so God has given us a microcosm of the world in our families. By loving your grandparents, God will say, “You receive credit for loving all the old people of the world.”

When you love your parents, God will say, “You receive credit for loving all the parents of the world.” When you love your spouse, God will say, “You receive credit for loving all the men and women of the world.” When you love your children, God will say, “You receive credit for loving all the children of the world.”

Your family is your textbook of love; practice your love while you are in this school and you will be well trained to go out into society. If you are asked, “Can you love old people, parents, and children?” you can say, “Yes.” Then you have accomplished everything.

Someone might say, “I can love only white grandparents, not black ones. And I can only love cultured grandparents, not primitive ones, like Africans.” But that is not good enough for God’s standards. You must love the people of the world as much as you did the people of your own family, regardless of their race, culture, age, or whatever. When you husbands and wives go out and serve other couples in the world, that is the greatest demonstration of what you have accomplished within your family.

Some men think, “That other woman is much prettier than my own wife.” Or a woman thinks, “I like that man much better than my husband. My husband is humble and uneducated. I wish I could live with that other man.” That is simply failure, total failure. Instead, you should live as a couple, loving even the least attractive woman or man, giving to them and encouraging them, nurturing them so that they can love more. With that kind of mind, you can embrace the universe. That is the mind with which you must practice love within your family and accomplish the perfection of your love. When you go out into society, you have to give even more than when you were in the “school” of your family. This is why we can sacrifice the family for the sake of the world.

Grandparents should not say to their grandchildren who are trying to go out and love the world, “Don’t love anyone more than you love us.” Such grandparents are destined for hell. The grandparents should say, “Practice your love in this family and then when you go out into the world, love others more than us.” Those grandparents are destined for heaven. When husband and wife have the same attitude, loving the world more than each other, then they are truly exhibiting a God-centered attitude. That is the world of utopia, the Kingdom of Heaven.

This is the path I have been walking. I want you to inherit this principle and these traditions so that you can live for the sake of humanity. If you do that, your children will inherit the best possible thing from you. You blessed couples know that your children are precious, but God demands that you love other children even more. It should be your standard to sacrifice your children for the sake of other children, for the rest of the world.

Unification Church members are destined to go to all six continents. When I first came to America, I knew that America would not easily welcome me, but would oppose and persecute me. But my duty is always to love this nation, unconditionally. You will never know how many tears I have shed behind the scenes for the sake of this country. You Americans are indebted to me, but don’t try to pay me back directly. I am asking you to pay it back to the world, plus interest. Parental love isn’t like an investment waiting for a return. Parental love is given to the children so that they will go out and love the rest of the world. Parental love is unconditional.

I am asking you to love the future generations. Even when I am no longer here, you must carry on the tradition and teach your own children the same tradition that I taught you. Your children in turn will teach the same tradition to the entire world. This tradition will go on, and this is my only ambition.

God is thinking in the same fashion. God loves this world so much but He does not want you to repay all the love He has given you. God wants you to carry that love into the future, to spread that tradition around the world for the sake of coming generations. Thus this tradition will go on, beyond this country, beyond culture, without ceasing.

Within the ideal family, four generations are living together. Sadly, one seldom finds such a family here in America. Therefore a new tradition is being erected, centering on Reverend Moon. You are the blessed couples, so I am elevated to the level of grandparent. Will I have to telephone and ask before I come to visit you in your home? If you have only one bedroom, will you give the bedroom to your parents and sleep in the bathroom, if necessary? No problem? That should be so normal, you wouldn’t even have to think about it.

Since True Parents cannot visit every home, you should have the Parents picture in a special place. Even your simple daily deeds can be done with a special heart. When you have some little snack, like a cookie, you should think, “I wish I could give this to my loved ones, my parents, my grandparents, my children. Since they are not here, I will appreciate this cookie for them.” If there are a lot of hungry people around you, you should empty yourself out and feed them, even if you end up with only a glass of water. That is the right kind of spirit.

My own family had this kind of tradition. They never let anybody leave our home with an empty stomach. Our home used to be like a beggar’s gathering place; all the poorest people of the vicinity knew they would be well treated, so they came to our home. No one was mistreated. My mother served our grandparents and she also served the passing beggars. She would feed them whenever they came by. This was a heavy physical ordeal for my mother. On one occasion, she did not feed a beggar, so my father took his own meal and gave it to him. So my mother had to feed the beggars, otherwise my father would be hungry.

This is the policy at East Garden. Nobody who comes there should go away with an empty stomach. Nowadays, East Garden is like a crossroads. People come there every day from all over the world. Everybody is fed and Mother and I take many people out to buy them clothes. If the money runs out, all of a sudden more comes in unexpectedly. It is like a well. You take out all the water and all of a sudden, new spring water comes in. This is the way I live and this is the way of living that God is longing to see. Since I do not see so many such people, I am training you to become like that. As Moonies, will you follow my tradition?

Today we have spoken about the textbook of love. Those who want to follow the example of True Parents, learning from them as your textbook of love, raise your hands. God bless you. Let us pray.

## WHO GOES THE WAY OF INDEMNITY?

By Fami1yfed June 23, 2018 June 23, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1984

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### January 29, 1984
Belvedere
Translator – Sang Kil Han

It is generally understood that religious people must follow a difficult way of life. By the same token we can say that the highest religion should be the one that espouses the most difficult way of life. One of the highest virtues in religion has been celibacy, or remaining alone and not marrying.

One of the most difficult things for people to do is to abstain from food-to refrain from eating even though hungry. When a person is about to starve, he becomes more serious than he has been in his entire life. Americans are the least qualified in that respect for they never had any opportunity to go hungry and to learn how serious a matter food is. Nevertheless, you can learn from others’ experiences that the most difficult thing to endure in human life is starvation.

Perhaps the second most difficult thing for a person to endure is lack of sleep. When a man really needs sleep, he is almost willing to trade everything he has, including his dignity, in order to sleep. When you are desperately sleepy, you normally don’t care whether a king is sitting beside you; you simply want to fall asleep. Thus, abstaining from sleep is one of the most difficult things in human life. It’s common sense that during the daytime people work, and during the night they sleep. So which is more important: work or sleep? One could say that sleep is more important than work. If you don’t sleep and then try to engage in serious work, the work may not be so serious anymore; you just melt into sleeping. The third most important and most serious thing for a person is, of course, sexual love.

No matter how beautiful a young woman may be, the fact that she is beautiful will not support her throughout her life. That beautiful woman must go in search of a man in order to become part of a couple. Is there any beautiful woman who would say “Since I’m so beautiful, I don’t need any handsome man; I already have both shares of beauty”? Can any beautiful woman live happily just looking at herself in the mirror? All that makeup she puts on and the trouble she has to go through isn’t for herself; she has a certain purpose in mind, a subject, for whom she seeks.

Let’s consider a woman and a man who have lived their lives in a Buddhist monastery, never marrying. Such people stay single and die single, dedicating themselves totally to God. When they walk down the street and see a handsome man or a very beautiful woman walking by, don’t you think they notice? What would be your guess: do celibate people notice the opposite sex or do you think their vital organs become so neutral they are almost dead? How can you answer so confidently? Have you been in that situation? In any event, this is the third most difficult or serious situation a person can face.

One thing is for sure: the highest religions have maintained that people must control their desires: the desire to eat, to sleep and to experience sexual love. There is no question about that. The Bible consistently teaches the followers of Christ about this. But outside the realm of religion, of course, there is no higher god than one’s own needs. When people are hungry, for example, they can do almost anything to alleviate their hunger.

When the Bible teaches us that we should pray without ceasing, does that mean to go ahead and sleep when you feel like sleeping and pray when you feel like it? What the Bible suggests is that you should not even sleep sometimes but continue praying. How can we say that we should sleep eight hours and work eight hours and squeeze in a few moments of prayer? We gather that what the Bible told us, to pray without ceasing, means we must be able to pray even without sleeping.

When two people are in love, do they want to stay with each other for 24 hours a day, or do they just want to see each other for a few hours and the rest of the time live independently? Can you name someone who sleeps least in the entire world? That is right, Heavenly Father. God is the king of sleeplessness, the one who does not sleep at all. Since God does not sleep at all during 24 hours, wouldn’t He pay attention to the lovers who want to be awake together for 24 hours? You may say that God would also love those people who sleep as much as He loves those people who do not sleep. But we can conclude that God would love the person more with whom He can be together more, the one who doesn’t sleep much and has more time awake with Him. God would be with him all the time.

Does God eat like we do or not? Do you think God has a mouth? How many of you ever thought about that? Well, we know that we resemble God and we are made in His image, so whatever we have, God has something similar. Thus we have to conclude that God needs food, too. Not three meals like we do, but He also would like to eat with those He loves. When they eat, God would like to eat, too.

We can imagine a man coming home, say from the Vietnam War. He has been constantly in danger of death but has finally returned home. His wife will be waiting to welcome him. Do you think they will hug and kiss when he gets off the plane and then that will be all the welcome he receives? No, his wife would probably prepare everything she can: she would prepare food, a nice warm bed for him to rest in and all sorts of things to make him happy. That is how she would welcome him, wouldn’t she? And she would prepare some special food; it might not be so expensive, but she would put her whole heart into it and feed it herself to her husband with her spoon. That is the food of love. Isn’t that so? You would like to do that, wouldn’t you? By the same token, does a beautiful woman wear beautiful clothes for her own sake, or for no reason at all? No, she likes to wear clothing so that she will be seen and appreciated by her loved ones and her husband. That is the real purpose of beautiful clothing and a beautiful self.

Imagine God visiting the one whom He loves. What kind of clothing or appearance would God like to have? His best, yes. He would want to wear the best clothing that He could find. When people saw Him walking, everyone would exclaim, “It’s wonderful!” It is very logical that for a special situation, one makes the most special preparation.

We can understand that God is not so different from us. He is the same in fact: whatever we like to do, God would like to do in a more perfect way. What about God’s eyes? Do you think His eyes also blink like ours? Well, it is not likely that there are dust or vapors in Heaven like on Earth which make it necessary for us to blink. Would God also blink up there? Would it be necessary? Actually, it is, because the world of nature expands and contracts; this is a natural rhythm. To look at the one you love with your eyes wide open and never even blink is actually less intense than to look at him, then close your eyes a moment, and then open them wide and behold him again. Then you close your eyes again and then look at him again. That is more intense that gazing with eyes wide open, never blinking. If we do that, we can also conclude that God probably does that, too.

If you ask an average believer about God’s appearance, he will yell back at you: “What do you mean, what does God look like?” And that is the end of your answer. Or if he is obliged to say something about God, it would be very ambiguous. But when the average Unification Church member is asked the same question, without hesitation he says: “God is more or less like myself. Very much like myself, in fact” How close we are to God!

Let’s get back to the original topic of the sermon this morning: Who pays the indemnity of restoration? When someone asks, “What is the Unification Church?” then one answer would be, “It is the church that restores through indemnity” Don’t all religions pay indemnity? Of course, they have achieved some restoration by paying indemnity just as we do, but they have not understood what they were doing. Again, for all other religions or churches except the Unification Church, the purpose of believing in God and paying indemnity, working hard and following God’s commandments and so forth, was simply so that a person could go to Heaven.

The average person doesn’t think so much about others; he certainly doesn’t care about the entire country going to Heaven. Someone else could have a problem, but “Me, myself, going to Heaven” is his purpose. But then ask this question of Unification Church members: “Are you going to Heaven all by yourself?” They will instantly say, “No. There is no such way of going to God” You can even ask God this question: “Is the meaning of salvation simply the individual being saved and going to Heaven?” God will say, “Absolutely not. The salvation of the family is more important than an individual. When the family is saved, the individual is included”

This is the very point where Americans must change because they consider the welfare of the individual above everything else. No matter how hard they try, they simply cannot get out of this one area of confusion. They say, “Well, I’m an individual; if I don’t exist, nothing exists” Actually, everything exists, but they do not think so. American society is hung up on the individual.

But in God’s eyes, it is totally different. It is simple and clear: God will sacrifice the individual if He must to save the higher levels, such as family and country. We can understand from the common sense point of view that God would like to save all ten members of a family if He can; there’s no question about that. But if He had to sacrifice one out of the ten so that He could save all ten, He would do it.

Where there is more sacrifice there is more love of God. This is a golden rule which you can apply for the rest of your life in almost all situations. Many times you are in a quandary and you don’t know how to decide something. Suppose you observe two persons fighting with each other. You cannot take both sides at the same time because they are going in opposite directions. Which side should you take? If you take the side of the most sacrificial person as opposed to the self-promoting person you can never go wrong. This rule can apply to the most ordinary as well as the highest level situations. For instance, in the presidential election you have to determine which side has the most sacrificial elements.

This very subject is the crux of the Bible’s teaching. Jesus told people, “Those who are willing to die for my sake will live” We can know in whom God dwells; the one who wants to sacrifice himself and offer himself so that other people can live is the person in whom God dwells.

We saw this in Jesus. Even though the Roman soldiers pierced him with a spear, he asked God’s forgiveness for them. From that moment on, a new realm began, a new world that had never existed before in history. Jesus Christ began that new world. Before Jesus’ time the rule was an eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth. Whatever one’s enemy had done, one always tried to retaliate and get even. People thought that was the best rule and the law. But Jesus in his crucifixion set a totally new standard. Even though he was attacked and killed, he asked for God’s blessing for all people. Even though that was just a single event, it was like the spring of life. The world God desires, for the first time in history, began to emerge. From there on, the realm of God was to become bigger and bigger, until today.

Two thousand years ago, there must have been a lot of Christians who were killed and eaten by lions. But while they were dying, many of them asked God’s forgiveness for their persecutors. For four hundred years after Jesus’ crucifixion, following him meant martyrdom for many people. There were two kinds of people even among the martyrs. One kind would say, “Oh, God, please retaliate against them. Because of what they did, please punish them” The other kind of martyr would pray to God for forgiveness: “Forgive them, and let them prosper just as much as we want to prosper”

We can compare these two kinds of martyrs. Two persons can go over the same threshold of death with one asking for forgiveness and the other asking for retaliation from God. The first one will go beyond the realm of Rome and be elevated to the world of God, whereas the other simply cannot get out of the fetters of Rome. In other words, he will stay somewhere below that realm, not above it. So we must learn a lesson here. Even though two people may do the same thing, one can be elevated to heaven while the other cannot, according to the difference in their motivation. Is this point clear to you?

This is why the Bible teaches us a seemingly contradictory way. How contradictory it seems to common sense to say that those who want to die will live, and those who want to live will die! Why does it seem so complicated? It is because we are seeking some other world which we have not seen before.

From this viewpoint, we can see that for the sake of the family the individual must sacrifice, and the family may sacrifice so that the larger clan may live forever and be prosperous. In the same fashion the clan should be willing to sacrifice for the sake of the society and the country. Is there anything wrong with this process? According to this principle, a great country should sacrifice for the sake of the world. There cannot be any exception to this principle.

Suppose there are two politicians with two different viewpoints about the well-being of America. For instance, one may say, “America is so great. We have to preserve America, no matter what, before the world can be taken into account” But the other may say, “This is not so. America may be great, but to God it is just one more country. Therefore, for the sake of the world, America must take a sacrificial position” If these two politicians oppose each other in this way, one person’s election will hold God’s love; the other can cause God to leave this country. It is a very serious matter. Now we know the answer of whom to support.

To liberate the entire spirit world and the cosmos, all people in the world should sacrifice. We can elevate this even further and say that for the sake of the liberation of God, all of spirit world as well as the physical world should sacrifice. Isn’t it logical? Do you have any different opinion? As far as Reverend Moon is concerned, this is the ultimate philosophy or rule that I go by. Can someone say confidently, “Reverend Moon, you are wrong. You made an error in this respect”?

I have a question to ask you Japanese sisters. Before you came to America from Japan, did you plan to sacrifice yourself for the sake of this country; or did you leave your country so that you could become happier or live a more glorious life here in America? Have you lived here five years, ten years, or whatever, to be Americanized? Or have you been “Japanizing” America? Well, you came here to Japanize, not by doing things the “Japanese way,’ but because Japanese are better examples at sacrificing than Americans. There is no question about that. These Japanese sisters came for the establishment of Heavenly Father’s tradition and for no other reason.

Perhaps the American people will say, “Father, why should the Japanese have to sacrifice so much?” When Japanese sisters sacrifice themselves, they are automatically on the better side, the side of goodness. Those in responsible positions are not living a private life. They are more public, so they cannot eat whenever they please; nor can they sleep or love whenever they please. You Americans tell me if the law I go by is wrong or right. It is not a relative matter. You cannot say, “Oh, Father, of course, that depends” There is no such a thing as “depends” in regard to the law.

When someone shows the most righteous example and tells America it must go a certain direction but Americans go against him, the Americans will be the ones to diminish. In the sight of God, it doesn’t matter how strong they may be now. That is an iron rule and law. This law of God never bends. I have been following that same law and rule, and I will continue forever until the will of God is done. I am determined to dedicate my own family, my own people, my own church, my own property, and everything for the sake of America and for Russia, too.

As long as this law is observed and we stand strongly on God’s side, then no matter how strong our opposition, that opposition cannot defeat us no matter how few we are. We will prosper and we will be protected, whereas the larger opposition will perish. No matter how well Soviet Russia may arm itself and go against the country centering on these ideas, namely America, still Russia will be the one to be washed out, not America. God will raise the one and He will destroy the other. It depends on Him, and how He will act depends on what law we abide by.

My own life is a vivid example. My entire family, as well as the neighbors, virtually gave up on me, saying, “He will cause great problems, not only for himself but for the entire Moon family” They said that very forthrightly. Then the society and the country said, “Why does Reverend Moon go to America and do and say such things? This will be a great discredit to Korea” Virtually all Korean people gave up on me because they did not understand.

America has done the same. Although I came here and worked and sacrificed, this country was cursing me, saying, “I wish Reverend Moon would go back home” Or they say things like “Moon Mafia” or “Khomeini of this country” All these things Americans have said to Reverend Moon.

Even you, now, say to me, “Oh, Father, must you do things this way?” Some say, “Father, there is such a thing as the American Way. Why don’t you do things that way, more rationally?” Lots of people have such thoughts. American culture has never before witnessed any person, let alone from the Orient, who has stayed here for five, even ten years and never became Americanized. They have never seen one instance! When people saw this happening, they thought they would just have to apply some pressure. But this did not happen because they cannot subjugate God or His principle.

You come here for Sunday Service and sit on the cold floor for hours. In other churches you could meet at ten o’clock in the morning and sit in comfortable pews in a warm room. The pastor shakes hands with everyone when they come and says nice things when they go. He never speaks more than forty minutes because it is virtually a violation of human rights. That is Americanizing. What is the difference between Americanizing and Moonizing? Moonizing is to transfer oneself to God, so it is not just Moonizing. We are talking about “Godizing”

My name is becoming more and more respectable now. Once Reverend Moon’s name is resurrected, the free world will be resurrected. Do you see that these things are taking place? What is the reverse of resurrecting? It is declining, or dying. Those who at one time looked down on, or even despised my name, are now looking up at Reverend Moon. In this principle and respect, I am very brave and outspoken. I do not hide anything; I am never wishy-washy. When the American government is wrong, we will tell them so. Without this, America could never survive. They cannot figure out this strange person who has emerged.

I have consistently followed this law and this direction from the lowest to the highest level of God’s dispensation. Do you think I have prospered and God’s realm has prospered because of my allegiance to this principle? Even though many times it seemed that my demise was imminent, this was not so. But those people whose prosperity was imminent are the ones who went down. This is all because of God and His principle. Likewise, you have become committed to God’s dispensation. There is no way we can shake ourselves loose, right? We have taken God’s bait, in other words.

In the name of God and for the sake of America and the world, I am pushing you to dedicate your lives. How does that sound? Do you want to dedicate your lives? Why? How can you be so confident? It is because we know we can liberate heaven and earth, even God Himself.

There has never been an individual or a group which abided by this completely new law in the long history of mankind. Now there is a person and group determined to go this seemingly impossible course. When God looks down on us, will He have to support us or not? I am taking the most beautiful American women and sending them to the remotest, most uncultivated African countries. We may be going through a miserable situation, yet we have the brightest hope for the future, don’t we? Which one would you choose: the pleasant reality today, or the hope for the future? It may be easy to say, “Hope,’ but that literally means we have to go through a miserable situation in the present.

I received a report a few days ago that somewhere, in a confidential place, we gathered all the missionaries who are working behind the Iron Curtain. They are your own brothers and sisters; their greatest desire was to see True Parents even for one time, and to set foot in Korea even one time before they die. How about you? You see True Parents almost every Sunday if you choose to. And if you fund raise for less than a week, you can afford to go to Korea or anywhere in the world and no one will stop you from traveling. By that standard are you happy or miserable? The happiest.

So we clearly see our responsibility to liberate those whom I have just described. We may do all we can, but it is not we who will actually liberate them; it is America who must do that. Therefore, we have to work for the sake of America. This is our responsibility. This great country, as we know, is not perishing because of a lack of PhDs or a shortage of schools or titles or power or money. It is basically because of individualism that this country is going through great turmoil. People with a higher ideal are lacking in this country. Americans must begin to take the sacrificial way before they can expect love to come to them.

Until now, Americans have received the wrong education. American education has taught you to defend your rights and to seek to be loved by others. But that is the wrong sequence. First we must sacrifice, then we want to defend our rights and be loved by others. No matter how proud Americans may be about their customs, in front of God they are not so meaningful. We must clearly know this point. Many of you have been thinking: “Father is too heavy, too serious. This is not part of America” You have been swaying here and swaying there, but this is the wrong way. There is nothing too heavy, too serious: this is reality. You must cast out all doubts and uncertainty.

Who must do the restoration by indemnity? Yes, Moonies must bear the responsibility of paying indemnity for restoring the world. Among so many Moonies, who must do it first? Somebody in the Unification Church must be the first. There is me, but then who must do it before me? God. You must know clearly that the restoration by indemnity starts from God. The term “indemnity” began from God. Where does tradition come from, in the restoration by indemnity? It also comes from God.

God would not even dream about restoration by indemnity if it had not been for the fall. If the fall had not taken place, all indemnity would be simply out of the question. God never intended it. It is for the sake of mankind and because of mankind that indemnity became necessary. Then who builds and starts this tradition? Tradition begins from God; it is established by God Himself. God has been working according to different cultures and has inspired different ways of practicing religion. Along with each religion came its own way of paying indemnity. God, along with religious people throughout history, has been paving the road of indemnity.

Among all these religions, the Jewish faith, the Christian faith and now the Unification faith are in the mainstream. The qualifying characteristic of these three religions is that they have as their goal the salvation of the world through the Messiah. This is their basic concept of God’s dispensation. There is no question that the Jewish faith has been waiting for the Messiah to come. Christianity has been waiting for the Messiah to come again. And here, in the Unification Church, we serve the Messiah as a foundation.

We also know through the lessons of history that God’s original chosen people failed to recognize the Messiah for whom they had been waiting. They could not go beyond their own national level. They could not understand that the Messiah who came bringing God’s ideal was to go beyond the Jewish people and nation, as well as past history. The Messiah came to save the Roman as well as the Jewish people and to go beyond the Old Testament, which is only the beginning part of God’s teaching. The Jewish people were not able to go beyond their own beliefs. That is the lesson we know: the Jewish people were looking to be saved and to take the position of God’s elite in the world thereafter. However, God was trying to work with them in order to save the entire world; they failed to understand this.

When Jesus came, he was not understood but he won the victory, nevertheless, by dying for the sake of others; therefore he was resurrected. Then he assembled all his scattered followers and reconstituted the faith and established the beginnings of worldwide Christendom. Followers of Jesus traveled and witnessed and expanded this faith onto the world level. This continued until 1945, when the biblical war of Armageddon began, which was World War II.

On that foundation the Messiah comes again for the sake of the world. No matter what, God must save the entire world, including spirit world. Even if God must sacrifice His hard-won foundation of Christianity and the great country of America, which He has blessed and nourished for two hundred years, He will save the world. This is the teaching that Reverend Moon has introduced and implemented on earth. That is God’s way of thinking.

This tradition is not something which Reverend Moon started on his own. It is the very tradition which I received from God and thus I am promoting it here on earth. God had this tradition in the beginning and I merely inherited it. All Unification Church members are destined to inherit this tradition from me. You inherit from your Parents and then you pass it along for the sake of the future.

Why do you call Reverend Moon “True Father”? It is because he has inherited the true tradition from God. Reverend Moon was born because of God. You must understand. Without going through the true tradition, nobody can go to God or Heaven. This true tradition is the only way through which we can build the Kingdom of Heaven.

Our church has sponsored the God Conference as a part of the ecumenical movement to bring all religions together so that we can bequeath the true tradition to them as well. Unless Reverend Moon teaches them, there is no way for people to know what the true tradition of God is. In other words, no one can learn fully about God without learning first from Reverend Moon’s teaching.

Youth from around the world with all different cultural and religious backgrounds come to the Youth Seminars. What do they learn? They come to study about religion in general. The question is asked about their own religious leader or the founder of their religion. Study as they may, there is a limit to what can be learned from them. But then they can learn, in a detailed and consistent way, what Reverend Moon did and why, and what effect it has produced. Everything matches and everything checks. They learn not so much about the world, but about Reverend Moon. Why? Because the key of the true tradition of God is only to be found in Reverend Moon. They come to realize that learning thousands of things does not help if they are going down the wrong road.

Those who say, “I still refuse to go the path of restoration by indemnity,’ raise your hands. Everyone is willing to work hard for this cause, including black and white people. If that is true, is the world bound to become a good world or bad world? Now we have a clear idea. It really does not matter if your face is disfigured or even if you lose a part of your body. The most important thing is that we follow this path of indemnity, correct indemnity.

But you do not know precisely how to tread this road of indemnity by restoration. You need to learn from me what kind of path I have gone, so that you can copy my way of life. I determined, “I must save the bad people as well as the good people. All people must be saved” Those who are already determined to go the good way of life are no problem; you do not even have to worry about them. Therefore you have to concentrate on how to take care of and teach the people oriented toward evil.

Jesus taught us, “Repent, because the Kingdom of Heaven is near.” Why did he say, “Repent”? Repentance is necessary if something has been wrong previously. What is the top of the list of wrong things people can do? The most serious thing you can ever do is to fail to recognize the Messiah, to deny the Messiah, or persecute him. The first thing mankind needs to repent for is what they did to the Messiah in the past. You must understand that the Messiah is the representative of all mankind and the example for all mankind to learn the right way. He is the first example in human history of the mature, perfected individual. There is no other description which is more apt or more precise.

Next, the Messiah sets the example and standard for the race, for the country, the world, the spirit world and the cosmos and shows how to be a perfect object of God. That means as an individual human being, he abandoned himself; he passed through all the tests and rigors of training, went through all the opposition and became qualified as a perfect object to God. This is the first time in history.

The first Adam would not have had to go through all these difficulties if he had not fallen. But the Messiah who came as the second Adam had to go through this because he had to indemnify that which the first Adam failed. Because Adam failed, he made all this indemnity necessary. Barriers went up between the individual and the family, between the family and the clan. Likewise, there is a great big wall between the clan and society and the nation. To get to the world level requires scaling another wall, which is even higher. The Messiah will have to knock down every wall, one after another. He will represent the entire world and bring all of mankind to the position where they believe in him and embrace him. Thus they will gain the same privilege as the Messiah himself for the forgiveness and pardon of God.

God raised people to a spiritually high level through Christianity. World Christianity was in the position to accept the Messiah and bring about world restoration in a relatively short period of time after World War 11. However, they failed to recognize him.

Every race and nationality is represented here in America. This is a collection of Abels from the entire world. America is largely Protestant, although there is also a bit of the Catholic way of thinking. Until now America did not have a Vatican ambassador. For the first time in 117 years, the United States exchanged ambassadors with the Vatican. This is a historical event. The time was right, so they did it.

We know through our own personal experience that within 40 days, the worst and most stubborn person can start to change for the better. The transition is inevitable and powerful. If America had really listened to qualified missionaries speaking God’s words, don’t you think that all 240 million Americans would be different today?

Some Unification Church members think, “What has Jesus got to do with us?” They exclude Jesus from their way of life and the meaning of their life, especially some seminary graduates. You must clearly see the chronology and the nature of our position. Because of the first Adam, the second Adam was necessary; and the third Adam is connected with the second Adam; in fact, he is the succession of the second Adam.

The first Adam did not know anything to begin with; he was just a teenager when he fell. Whereas the second Adam, Jesus, had knowledge but he did not have the right atmosphere or environment. God prepared the world during the 4000 years of Jewish history, but when Jesus finally came, the people did not know him. They looked for the wrong thing and the wrong goal at that time. Therefore Jesus was crucified.

At the time of the third Adam or the Second Coming, the Messiah knows everything and his environment is right. The thinking of God, Jesus, Adam and the Lord of the Second Advent will inevitably be the same, because they are in the same stream, so to speak. If Adam had not fallen, God’s mind and Adam’s mind would have become united. But because God’s thinking never became the same as Adam’s, indemnity became necessary.

If it were not for man’s portion of responsibility in God’s dispensation, then indemnity would not have been necessary. It would have been automatic restoration, not indemnity restoration. We must have a clear idea why indemnity conditions came to be necessary after Adam: because Adam failed and could not reach perfection. In order to reach the original ideal of perfection each individual needs to fulfill his portion of responsibility. By our going through that responsibility, we come into the realm of the direct dominion of God. Then God can love us, guide us, and provide for us. If Adam had fulfilled his portion of responsibility, certainly we, as the physical offspring from his lineage, would not have needed to pay any indemnity. God did not set up restoration by indemnity from the very beginning, but only after the fall.

Because we are living in the fallen world we now have the individual course of responsibility and beyond that, the family level, the tribal and country level, the world portion of responsibility, and the responsibility to liberate hell in the spirit world. We have that stacked up in front of us. But we are able to do that because we have knowledge and guidance from the Messiah. We are able to fulfill what was never fulfilled before. That is the difference between this time and the past.

Years ago nobody could have done this, but now we can. God prepared for 2000 years through Christian history for the Messiah to come again. Even though sovereignties changed, cultures changed, and national boundaries shifted, still God brought the Christian world up to the level where they could receive the Messiah, welcome him, and follow him. All they had to do was be faithful and fulfill the last portion of responsibility of liberating Heaven and God. But Christianity and the United States and the free world in general have failed so far to fulfill these responsibilities.

Therefore Reverend Moon started from the very beginning to re-indemnify the family, tribe, society and national levels to reach the point where world Christianity once was. In other words, through the meager forces of the Unification Church, I have returned God’s dispensation to the upper levels of indemnity.

Our clear objective is to fulfill God’s desire by liberating the world from Satan. Furthermore, we have to liberate even Jesus and God from their yokes of sorrow. Jesus was very much a part of the main path of the dispensation. How can we succeed without a knowledge and a deep love and respect for Jesus? Especially the seminary students must make no mistake about this; be clear about this once and for all.

Since Jesus could not go the entire path, the Messiah had to repeat it at the Second Advent. That is where came in. Because world Christianity has not yet fulfilled its mission, all of the world remains under satanic domain. That includes the country of America and the whole free world as well. All these have opposed the True Parents. Individuals became my enemies and tried to eliminate me. Families taught their children, “Don’t go near the Unification Church,’ and that kind of thing. And nations have been very skeptical and antagonistic.

The pinnacle of all that opposition was reached in 1976. On February 23, 1977, I proclaimed the new era. Thus, Reverend Moon has clearly gone through the barrier. And once we crossed the borderline, that was the country of God.

So 1977 would have been and could have been the literal turning point. But as human history goes, we must add seven more years to be on the safe side, to allow for Satan’s margin, so to speak. 1984 is the completion of that. And the court case is lingering on until now. I have done nothing wrong. Virtually every man of religion agrees, but there are those who still insist that Reverend Moon is wrong. But it is only a matter of time.

I Almost like a miracle, many people who opposed me in the past are now turning around and supporting me. They are saying, “There is nothing wrong with Reverend Moon. Every one of us does his books that way and we have never been questioned” I have never given up on Christianity in America. Even though they persecuted us, I never gave up on them. Because of that fact, we see that now they are coming around me to form an alliance. American Christianity and the free world in general will start appreciating what I have done for their sake. You have seen how adamantly the media opposed me and my activities. But look at the same media today: they are turning around, showing signs of being sorry for their previous treatment of us.

Through such gatherings as the Science Conference, the Professors World Peace Academy and the World Media Conference, many groups are finding common ground for unity. We have not only assembled diverse religious denominations, we have also brought all religions together. Not only Christianity, but also representatives of Islam, Buddhism, and Hinduism have come to respect Reverend Moon.

Many people in South America as well as in the United States have come to realize the value of CAUSA. Without the ideas presented through CAUSA, there is no way to fight against communism and its subtle evil which pervades the world. There is no other way to cope with these problems. North American as well as South American people are realizing, “I must listen to Reverend Moon and the CAUSA ideal” Even though they don’t like it at first, they slowly begin to follow Reverend Moon’s teachings and they know that is the right thing to do.

No matter how great a particular country may be, there is no way it can do things the right way without the teachings and guidance of Reverend Moon. No matter who an individual may be, whether a president or a great leader, he cannot go God’s path fully without Reverend Moon’s advice and teaching. Nobody else truly knows how to guide a nation in this dangerous world. The concern of Americans should not be for prosperity at this time; their concern should be for nothing other than survival. They must survive the rigid questioning and judgment of God in the near future, as well as the physical enemy of communism, which is striving to overtake the United States. The only way for the American people, on any level, is to hold on tenaciously to Reverend Moon and hope that, God willing, they will be able to survive.

Not only the members of the Unification Church see this, but also others in the world are beginning to see it. Ten years ago I said that America would soon be on the verge of disaster. Most Church members could not agree with me, even though they wanted to. They thought, “Oh, Father, I don’t see how America will be so badly off. America is great and it will continue to be great” But now the same people are saying, “If something isn’t done now, America will perish” Everyone agrees. Moonies are very much aware of America declining now.

You have tried everything; American society has tried everything. That means the only thing to do is to forget everything else, and follow and cling to Reverend Moon, period. If your spouse opposes you, it is better to lose that spouse than lose your life and his or her life as well. If the country or the world opposes you, it is better to save your life than to gain the world’s approval.

We must surrender to God. We must tell Him, “God, do as Thou wilt with me” So who will go the way of indemnity? As long as the Moonies follow the True Parents, all the other problems will be solved ultimately.

Regardless of your age, sex, or background, you are following my spiritual leadership. Likewise, many try to follow me physically, wherever I go. If I go to Africa, then everybody wants to go there, too. If I go to Ocean Church, does that mean everybody wants to go to Ocean Church? Perhaps I will go to Florida and sunbathe for a change. Would you say, “Oh, no, that’s terrible!”? Or would you say, “That’s great”?

From this time on, do not expect me to be standing on this platform to speak to you every single Sunday. I need to take more precautions in the future. It is important. Do you understand? I receive all sorts of information not only from one source but different sources and channels. I know that God is right behind me; I have been acting just as if no dangers existed. When Heung Jin went to the Cartagena Media Conference and to the Chicago Science Conference, he walked in front of me all the time, because he knew there was no one else who would serve as a shield if danger was imminent. You can learn a lesson from this.

Without the True Father, this world would never change. Especially until now, there has been such strong opposition, but I have still come to this level. From now on there will be less and less opposition. How much more I can achieve in the next few months, the next few years! We are truly on the verge of historical victory. I exactly inherited God’s indemnity course and have accomplished this much on the foundation of God’s indemnity.

Now it is your turn to take the indemnity test from God. You will do as well as I have. In this time, you have to take my indemnity by taking my position. Do you know what I mean? This is your duty. I have taught you everything so from now on, you can do everything. Until now I acted as a human shield for God and the Unification Church; now it’s your turn to become a shield for the Unification Church and for me.

But that is a glad thing for you. You do not have to go through as much as I have. I had to think and plan and do it all by myself. All you have to do is listen to me carefully, follow my guidance, and your responsibility will be fulfilled. It’s such an easy way compared to what I had to go through. Nevertheless, it takes total obedience.

No matter how difficult or disagreeable Ocean Church may be to you, since I did it as a part of the indemnity, that means you all must do it. That includes all you women. Do you women want to be in Ocean Church?

You know so many things clearly now. By becoming a shield for me, you will become a shield to the world as well. Those who pledge, not just with words but with your heart, stand up and raise your hands. You must clearly remember that I never complained while I was fulfilling my portion of responsibility. You must take that as the tradition. We must forget eating, sleeping, and everything else except fulfilling our responsibility. In this way, we can’t lose. Let us all say, “Amen!” God bless you.

## LOVE FOREVER

By Fami1yfed June 23, 2018 June 23, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1984

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### January 22, 1984
Belvedere
Translator – Sang Kil Han

The title of this morning’s sermon is “Love Forever.” Do you like love? More than you like to eat? More than becoming successful? Certainly, “Love Forever” is a fitting title.

Although you can say that God exists, perhaps you feel, “So He does, but what does He have to do with me? And what do I have to do with Him?” The relationship may seem to be distant to you. You might think about God’s qualities, such as His omnipotence and His omnipresence. Those are qualities which people often think of first when they think about God. But just knowing these things does not make us feel closer to God. In fact, some people think, “I don’t particularly like the fact that I have no privacy before God and that He has power over my life!”

There is one quality of God, however, which automatically draws us closer to Him and that is His true love. Don’t you feel good when you think that God loves you?

Many times young people think, “My parents are the ones who always tell me what to do and what not to do.” Especially in America, the relationship between parents and children is often strained. However, we have to realize how important our parents are to us, particularly their love. Even though as children we were spanked and disciplined, we feel grateful as adult for their care and concern for us. Children want to tag along with their parents, even though they may have just been spanked and are crying. They feel they cannot live without their parents.

What about school? Is there anyone who enjoys having to study hard and take examinations? Even though such things are difficult, they help to prepare us for the future. A good teacher will always push his students to apply themselves and study hard, yet the students do not hate their teacher. They know that he is trying to guide them toward a good relationship with society and the world. Thus, students feel a bond of love with their teacher, even though he may punish them if they don’t study.

The love of a teacher and his guidance can in fact serve as a bridge to connect us with the world. The certificate of graduation from the teacher becomes a token of his love. In that sense, the teacher is in a special position, one which is different from the parents. If a parent signs a paper testifying that his child is a good student, it doesn’t mean so much to the rest of the world. But when a teacher signs such a certificate, it has much more credibility.

School is like the first gateway or connecting point to society and the world at large. We go to school and do the best we can to conform with the teachers’ expectations. Through that experience, we find a new kind of love, a type of relationship which is not found within our family. The love between students and teacher is a different kind of love; it represents the love within the community, the society, and the world. That is the way schooling ought to be. A student ought to be motivated and inspired by the care and concern of his teachers. Through our schooling, we should grow in our own concern and love for the society and world. This is how beautiful and how valuable school is meant to be.

Are there many schools like that in America? No matter how well-educated a person may think he is, if he does not feel any love towards his country, then there was something deeply lacking in his education.

The American citizen who loves his country will be concerned about what the President says and does. Whenever the President makes an announcement, he will want to hear it because he knows that whatever the President does has a direct connection with him. That is a noble way to feel. We should feel close to the President because both he and we, as citizens, are very concerned about this country. We always hope that whatever the President does or says will make a contribution of love for the country.

By loving our country, we can eventually be qualified for a certificate signed by the President declaring us a patriotic citizen of America. A teacher cannot do that. It takes the head of the country to sign such a declaration of patriotism. Isn’t that true? The teacher sends us on to the level of the nation, and the national leader sends us on to the level of the world.

Eventually the world will have one leader, like a world president, instead of the current situation with so many countries divided against each other. Without a doubt, history is moving in the direction of one united world and one world president. Such a world leader might sign a certificate to testify that a particular individual has loved and served the world, thus declaring that that individual is worthy of going beyond the world. We would call such a person a saint, since he had reached that high level of worthiness.

Our topic today is Love Forever. Many people are not so certain that God exists since they can see so much evil in the world. Many people think, “I don’t really know whether or not God exists, but if He does, what has He got to do with me?” This is a very basic point, philosophically, politically, socially, as well as religiously. Whether or not God exists and what He has to do with each of us is a very important question.

If there were some certificate which a person could receive, showing that he knows clearly that God exists, it would be much more valuable than a certificate issued by any university on earth, more valuable than any Ph.D. Although people often do not realize it, there is nothing more important than knowing whether or not God exists and how to relate with Him. This is certainly more important than eating, loving our spouses and families or any worldly or temporal matter. Knowing God is the most important of all our activities. Do you agree?

If it is really true that knowing God is the most important activity of our lives, then the most important kind of understanding is religious understanding. If this is true, how much tuition are you willing to pay for that kind of training? This question can be answered by each individual: how much are you willing to pay for the course that will teach you about God? Suppose you owned all the land in the United States-would that be enough to pay for such a course? No, that wouldn’t be enough. How about the whole world? Even if you owned the whole world and were willing to give that, it still wouldn’t be enough. The truth is that this kind of training is priceless, beyond anything in the world.

Can you Moonies say that you know God exists, without any doubt? How do you know that you know God? Just saying that you have some feeling about God is not enough of an answer. The only sufficient answer to that question is this: “I know it by my own experience.” One’s own experience of God is the key-thus your mind, your heart and feelings as well as your five senses must all know God by experience. Do you really know God in that sense?

Which is more likely: that we can relax in bed and think about God and through that come to know Him? Or to work with great pain, balanced on the edge of failure and success, gaining the victory and through that coming to know God? Certainly in the second situation you will be able to know God because you will be able to experience His reality directly. Knowing God requires going beyond one’s physical limitations.

Can each of you say that you have had these kinds of experiences of going beyond your body and soul? Do you pray to God for success and lots of knowledge and power? Once you know that God exists and you understand the power of prayer, then you must humble yourself and obey God. Do you like the idea of obedience? Normally people do not like that. God understands; He knows human beings. He knows that people have tremendous ambition, needs and desires. That’s the way people are made, so don’t you think God knows it?

When a little baby is crying, his mother can give him a bottle and he will quit crying because his needs are satisfied. By the same token, don’t you think God knows what is needed to satisfy you when you cry out? God knows that you won’t be satisfied by any amount of money, knowledge, or power but only by the “milk bottle” of true love. Once people are fed by that, they are fulfilled and they quiet down.

This is a serious point. Do you really know that this is true, or is this still just a concept to you? If God is omniscient and omnipotent, He knows that people do not easily succumb and become obedient to anyone. Thus,

don’t you suppose that God has already thought out how He could receive the full response from mankind, as His object? He has thought, “What can I give to people so that they will be only too happy to obey me?” Can He give people golden nuggets or diamonds and say, “This ought to make you completely happy”? No, God knows better than that.

God’s love is as real as a diamond. Is that true to you? Certainly the knowledge which you gain through the Principle is special; through that understanding, you gain new power in your relationships with other people. But beyond that realm you must experience God’s true love. Until and unless you experience that, you cannot say, “I know who God is.”

From this perspective, the teachings of Jesus become very clear. He taught a lot of seemingly paradoxical things, especially in regard to love. On the one hand, he said, “You must follow me and love me more than anyone else.” On the other, he said that there is no more valuable love than for one’s neighbor. He also said, “If you want to live, then you must give up your life.” All of Jesus’ words have one basic teaching: love is of the utmost value. That is why Jesus’ teaching was so meaningful and had such historical impact. Love is also what you are learning from me. Do you understand?

Are you determined to invest your entire self for this one goal of experiencing God’s love? Are you really willing to give everything, including your time, your money? On a purely personal level, what are you willing to give for the purpose of finding God? What about your eye? If God’s dispensation needed your eye very badly, would you be willing to give it to Him? How about your nose? This is not in the realm of concept; this is flesh and blood reality.

You must ask yourself very seriously, “What have I got to invest? What does God need from me?” Before God can give His approval to our creativity, we must ask God what He needs. The most important thing that we can give to God is our love. Will God be interested in any sort of false love? Will He say, “Well, since there is no true love, I will accept false love”? No, not at all. Have you reached the level of true love yet? If not, when are you going to?

This is a very serious question indeed. How do we distinguish between false love and true love? We can observe whether someone is motivated for himself or for the sake of something larger. False love is self-centered whereas true love is public. This is the reason God has always taught mankind to give love and live for the sake of other people.

This has been God’s endeavor since His dispensation of restoration began-to teach mankind true love. Do you understand? True love is more than just one’s thoughts or one’s feelings. True love is living for and even saving others. That is the only way true love can be found. In that endeavor, God Himself can be found. You will never find God in any other place; but wherever a person is working for the sake of others, God will be working there, too. God works through such a selfless individual, family, or country.

With that yardstick, it’s very simple to distinguish between false love and true love. If you are evaluating two people, you can judge which one thinks more about others and which one thinks more about himself. That is the criterion. God will always raise up those who are on the side of true love, bringing them higher and higher, while those who are on the side of false love will diminish below God’s domain.

Even though this sounds very simple, it is a crucial point which people in history have never fully realized. The most learned and intelligent scholars never had this criterion. But now you know it clearly; now you have the formula which always works. This formula goes beyond the individual level and can be applied to the national level.

Suppose there is a great war going on, with hundreds of thousands of people fighting against each other, as in the American Civil War. If you were living then, you could apply God’s standard and you could discern which side was the truer one and which was on the side of falseness. In other words, which side would God favor? You could clearly judge that the side which was fighting for the largest purpose was the more righteous one. Abraham Lincoln was leading the North for the purpose of equality between black and white people; that was definitely a much more public and lofty purpose than the other side’s.

In our own times we can see this principle in action. There is the communist world, centered on the Soviet Union, and the democratic world, centered on the United States. The side which thinks first about the welfare of the world and the realization of one world without borders is in the superior position to the side which just thinks of itself and its own interests.

The fact is that communism at least espouses a world view while the United States has been in a very self-serving position for many years. Therefore, God might be inclined to support the communist side, except for the obvious fact that they deny His reality. Therefore, which side will God support? Since the democratic world is not complete, He will supplement it through the Unification Church. Through the Unification Church, the democratic world can stand on God’s side. This is simply because the goal and the activity of the Unification Church is to sacrifice ourselves for the greater and higher entity. We know that God exists in such an atmosphere.

When I started my work for God’s dispensation, I was completely alone. Then many capable people started to follow me and joined the Unification Church. Many were good, philanthropic and Abel-type people, some of them with worldly power; but as time went by, many were washed away. However, I have always remained. That is because I will always be true to the final goal. I have never compromised or deluded myself about this. That is why I am where I am today while so many capable people have given up. I have been working all this time, intensely loving God with the determination to continue forever, alone, if necessary.

Even with this court case, I have continued to confront the government single-handedly. But the Principle is alive and God will take the righteous side. What determines the righteous side? The righteous side is the pure, public side. If I am thinking in a more public way, then I will win. If America is thinking in a more public way, then it will win. It’s as simple as that.

America is coming against me now and rejecting my efforts to help it, so it is in the position of my enemy. But the commandment says, “Love thy enemy,” which is precisely what I and the Unification Church are doing. We are more than confident that God will support us; we know that as a reality.

Someone might challenge me, saying, “Reverend Moon, your teaching is too far-fetched.” But there are others who say, “No matter how many oppose you or misunderstand you, what you say is right.” Why do we do the things we do in the Unification Church? Why do we fund-raise and witness, for example? We do those things because they are the most public ways of living. Therefore, God will take our side no matter what.

Even though I am in the middle of this court battle, most of the time I do not even think about it. My mind is concerned with working for the largest goals of our movement. I couldn’t care less about the court case, in the individual sense. I know clearly that God loves me.

What kind of standard are you going to live your life by? Can you say that even if you have to sacrifice everything most dear to you, including your spouse and family, you will continue to go this way and work for the cause of God’s love? As the leader of the Unification Church, I am sacrificing for the sake of the world; therefore, as members, you are being called on to follow my example. I love Unification Church members very much. Are you going to follow in my footsteps? Why? Everybody wants to experience and share true love; there is no exception to this rule. We want to achieve this kind of love forever.

You do not need help from other people to know what degree of genuineness you have achieved. You must analyze yourself and then adjust yourself accordingly. In that sense, you don’t need any further education: you know the goal and now you just have to pursue it, investing everything to achieve it.

Knowing that goal, it’s very foolish to look around to see whether or not other people see you doing the right thing. Likewise, what is the sense in saying, “That other fellow is not doing the right thing, so I’m not going to, either”? Why do I always push you to go out and work hard for your missions? I know very well how difficult your life is, so why do I always push you harder? It is because all of us want to dwell in true love forever.

We can clearly understand that God always follows this rule and law, the law of public life. If we also do that, then God will always be with us, helping us. That is exactly where God operates. Thus He will have no more need to command us; if we are in that position, God will automatically come to be with us. In other words, at that point we will be dwelling in true love. Every time you come to Belvedere, the basic point I teach you over and over is simply this: to live and sacrifice yourself for the sake of others, to become more public-minded. Why is that? When you do that, God will be with you. When He is with you, you are in true love. It is as simple as that.

Because I love the members of the Unification Church as my own children, I give the best advice and teaching to you. I know there is nothing children hate more sometimes than their parents telling them to do this and that, especially if they don’t understand the reasons. The heart of a teacher or a parent is the same: even though he knows the students or the children don’t like it, he always tells them to work harder so that they can succeed.

As a matter of fact, every human being will have to receive certification from the True Parents stating that he is indeed a child of God. With that kind of certificate you can go anywhere in the world and be respected. Do you need that kind of certification?

Let me ask you a question: how many times have you complained since joining the Unification Church? Even though a person might not be a chronic complainer, still everyone complains at times. Let’s bring it out in the open. Those of you who never complained against me, raise your hands. I don’t believe you. Maybe I didn’t give you a strong enough push! For me to appear in public is not as simple as you might think. Communists are very much aware that the Unification Church is a major obstruction to their goals. Perhaps one day soon, I will have to give these sermons by telephone or television.

When I lost my beloved son, Heung Jin, it could easily have been a source of complaint for me. But I have an iron-clad rule; as long as I can say, “My head is still connected to my torso,” in other words, as long as I am still alive and breathing, then I can say, “Heavenly Father, I am grateful for that.” I have already dedicated my life to God, over and over again. It belongs to Him and He can use it any way He wants. Therefore, even if I lose my life or one of my children’s lives, that is up to God. When we lose someone precious, it is all right to weep if he died in a public way; but if he did not, or if we just cry for our own sake, that is not all right. As Unification Church members, we must have the attitude to never cry except from the public position. I especially must live that way.

There is nothing I am afraid of. I may lose the Unification Church itself all of a sudden. If so, I would start it all over again. I am confident that I could do that and it would become bigger than it is today. When I have that unswerving determination and confidence, God will always come to take my side, helping me to accomplish my task. Nothing is impossible for God. That is the standard of the truth.

A Unification Church member might say, “I have worked in the Church for such a long time and it has been so hard, more than anybody can imagine.” But I will not buy that; I do know what it is like. But as long as you still have your life, how can you say that you have done enough? It’s as simple and as clear as that.

This is why the Unification Church is great. We follow the age-old rule of absolute dedication. This rule never changes in history; it will continue to work for the rest of time. I know that. Have you really come to appreciate this? For whom is love forever? We must be able to say, “My true love is for God and mankind and my True Parents. This is my own true love.”

When we master that love, God will become our closest friend. We can climb up on top of God; we can ride on His back; we can become truly one with Him. God is vertical and we are horizontal, but then we change positions, and one becomes vertical and the other becomes horizontal. So long as we maintain ninety degrees, that’s all that is necessary. Then we can move around and around.

This is where happiness is; it is nowhere else. The person who has this quality of relationship with God is the happiest on earth. The king of happiness is the one who is living with that love of God. At that point, he couldn’t care less about worldly knowledge, power and authority or money. The only thing that matters is the omnipotent love of God. Truly the only knowledge we need is knowledge about love.

How do we have dominion over the world? We have dominion by love. In true love a person never minds being controlled by the beloved; he only wants more and more of that sort of domination. Within your marriage relationships, do you women want your husband to love you in a relaxed, weak way? No, you want him to love you with his fullest power.

God is streaming into the very cells of your body. How can you not feel close to Him, knowing that He will be with you 24 hours a day, just as long as you work publicly? We must know that God is not a concept; He is not anything less than love itself. All He wants is to make us the perfect objects to Him as the perfect subject.

Thus each person must be proud and recognize his or her privileged position. Imperfect as you may be, God Himself wants you as His loving object. That is indeed our privilege and our authority and that is the value of every human being.

Be immensely proud and hopeful in this year of 1984. Let us all swim in the great big pool of God’s love. And let us win first place in the marathon race of love. How wonderful it is to have love forever! Those who are determined this morning to become the perfect object to God, raise your hands. God bless you.

## THE NECESSITY FOR THE DAY OF VICTORY OF LOVE

By Fami1yfed June 23, 2018 June 23, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1984

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### January 15, 1984
Belvedere
Translator – Bo Hi Pak

The Unification movement has not only a connection with the horizontal world but also a vertical connection. The term “fall of man” denotes a falling down from the original state; therefore, the work of God has been the work of trying to bring man back up to his formerly high level of existence.

It was because of an illicit relationship of love that the fall occurred. We can say that the last days predicted by the Bible will be the time when selfish, individualistic love reaches its perfection. When we see that most people are living solely for themselves, that must be the last days, because that is the perfection stage of the fallen act. In such a world, anything other than individualistic love is scorned. There is no room for the love of country, love of humanity, and certainly no room for the love of God.

Such a trend began in the adult world but it has now come down to the realm of teenagers. That is why we have the so-called “me generation.” You can see that this is happening in today’s society; thus you know that we have come to the end of this world. There is virtually no way of controlling the promiscuous immorality of many of today’s young people. Parents cannot control them, teachers are powerless, and society cannot do anything, either. Certainly the nation and the world have no power to control them.

From Satan’s point of view, why does the world have to come to such an extreme? It is because God, in His will for restoration, has been moving in the opposite direction. He has been promoting altruistic, unselfish love starting from the individual, family, nation, and moving toward the worldwide level. Thus Satan has become desperate. He knows that he is being defeated, so he is going to the farthest position away from God, trying to keep mankind on his side.

Satan’s ultimate goal is to destroy any ideal form of love while God is working to lead mankind toward the ideal, wholesome form of love. Those who are the most susceptible to Satan’s temptations are Americans. The U. S. A. is the central nation for the Christian culture, yet at the same time this nation has become morally degraded, particularly in love. There is a certain Biblical reason why this is so. In the Bible, we read that those closest to us can be our worst enemies. Thus within a Christian culture, supposedly the central nation for accomplishing God’s will, the worst enemy can creep in. In other words, Satan has the room to work the worst possible evils in this Christian nation.

The forty years after World War II are the period of the wilderness, from God’s dispensational point of view. America was supposed to have adopted an attitude of responsibility to lead the world toward the land of Canaan. But no such idealism dominated; instead most Americans simply sought to have fun and forget the war, plunging into self-indulgence. The victory of the Allied side in World War II was not a simple victory. From the providential point of view, it had the purpose of preparing for the second coming of the Messiah.

After World War II, the United States was supposed to be centered upon God and have an awareness that the world was moving toward the “great and terrible day of the Lord.” There should have been a prevalent attitude within this country that the greatest thing was to love the world, to serve God, and to go beyond loving oneself or even one’s own nation. People should have felt the inspiration to be pioneers for the great era that was soon to come. That was the kind of vision the United States was supposed to propagate in the world. If that had been the case, it would have been the sign of the last days in a good sense and people could have started preparing for that time. If such an awakening had happened after World War II, the current tragic situation in America would never have occurred.

What has happened? The U.S. did not see such a vision. For forty years, this country has been moving down the path of self-indulgence and fun. Drugs have infiltrated the whole country; young people have been corrupted and turned more and more toward delinquency; free sex has become a way of life. But this has not been contained only within the United States. This country is the leader of the free world, so it has affected the world in a bad way. As Americans try to make light of everything, wanting only to have fun in life, such an attitude has spread around the world.

Unless we have some way to stop this trend, this nation and the whole world is destined to collapse. Sodom and Gomorrah were destroyed by God’s judgment. They were rampant with immorality and the pursuit of luxury. Rome was in the same situation. It did not collapse from some sort of military invasion from outside, but under the weight of its own internal corruption.

The most important element is not life itself; it is love. When love is pure and strong and altruistic within a society, that society will prosper no matter what. But when people do not practice love for humanity, for country and one’s fellow man, that society will eventually fall. Unfortunately, the United States is following that historical pattern. Red danger lights are blinking all over America today. This is the reality.

What is God doing about this? God must be working for restoration, trying to create a turning point to pull this nation from its current situation and move it toward His ideal. The fundamental problem is man’s relationship with Satan, so unless we can solve this, there can be no permanent solution to any of the other problems of society. The basic relationship between people and Satan resides within the illicit love relationship-self-centered love. Such immoral love always divides people and separates them from any ideal.

The love of God is exactly the opposite; it is pure, it creates unity, and it uplifts people and allows them to go beyond selfishness. Love is the key element over which Satan and God have been battling. So far, it has appeared that God has been losing the battle. Satan has become very arrogant, saying, “Even you, God, haven’t got the power to stop my love. It will take over the whole world so why don’t you surrender?”

When people live with satanic, self-centered love here on earth, can they possibly go to spirit world with the capacity to love God? Self-centered individuals have created a spirit world which is full of division and disintegration. The original spirit world is one of genuine, altruistic love; thus the elements of selfish love which we see here on earth are foreign elements in spirit world. This world has produced such an unmanageable product and has sent it up to spirit world. The result is that the spirit world is a mess, divided into multitudes of little compartments which try to repel anything different from it.

This is the phenomenon we see in the physical world as well. It is full of divisions. People have their own little compartments, striving to preserve their own self-indulgent ways of living. Satan is very proudly calling out to God, “Can you handle this world? I have divided them thoroughly. You have guided all the major religions to bring the world into your ideal, but look at them. They are infiltrated by my ultimate satanic power, communism. Your Christian churches have become houses for bingo and disco; they are like supper clubs now. Can you make yourself at home, God, in those churches?”

Satan is also saying to God, “Where can you find any champion, someone whom you can claim and who can take care of the world? God, you promised the world that you would send your messiah. Where is he? The messiah is supposed to bring unity to the whole world, including all the races, all cultures. But even you, God, have not been able to promote such unity. How could any human being do such a thing, even if he is the Messiah?”

There is only one answer to this problem. A new religion must emerge which deals with love and nothing else; it must bring a revolution by totally rearranging man’s love to become altruistic and centered upon God. Only by bringing a strong, unifying love, starting with the individual, family, society and up to the world level, can God do something about this world today. Satan has known that God needed to do this and that He would send His Messiah to accomplish it. Satan himself correctly understands what the work of the Messiah is.

Why are you members of the Unification Church here? What is your mission? You are none other than the group of people who are going to bring the new tradition of love, centered upon God rather than on the self. You are going to bring purity of love to the world. The Unification Church is the group of people who are going to sacrifice anything and everything in order to build that new tradition of love, the new way of life of love.

When a person trains to become a boxer, he has to spend many hours practicing his punching against a big sandbag. Our way of life is similar. It is as if we had a big sandbag from God. So far that sandbag is saying, “Go ahead and hit me. Everybody is hitting on me but so far nobody has been able to really knock me to the ceiling.” The sandbag is looking for a true champion who will throw it around into a 360 degree circle, up to the ceiling. The sandbag will be most inspired if someone comes along who can hit it hard enough to break its chain and knock it loose. It will say, “I surrender to my master!”

That sandbag from Heaven has been waiting for the ultimate Heavenly boxer, whom we call the Messiah. God has been expecting that at least one person could accomplish victory with the sandbag, knocking it loose from its chain. Because of Satan’s dominion, no man has even attempted to hit it before now. No one has ever even seen God’s love sandbag; the only love sandbag ever seen has been Satan’s.

How can you hit that sandbag of God’s love? You can only hit it with the love club. That is the only way the sandbag will feel any sensation. Those who love their families, nation, world and humanity, can come with the club of love and hit that sandbag. You might be thinking that God’s sandbag of love will come after you, so you are waiting for it to find you. Will some angel bring this love sandbag to you? The Divine Principle teaches that such a thing will never just come to you. You have to go to it’ reaching out to that sandbag.

There are many strings behind you that Satan can pull. Old strings, new strings, strings from your past, from dating-all kinds of junk that Satan can pull on. If you think you have absolutely no satanic strings attached to you, please raise your hands. Not even one person can raise his hand? Then how can anyone speak with true pride in himself? Perhaps you are a Ph.D. but that wouldn’t entitle you to any greater value in this sense. You must make enormous effort to cut off those strings from Satan and cross over the boundary to enter into the new area.

The true Unification members are those who have declared war against satanic love, from the individual to the family, tribal, racial, national, and worldwide level. Satan knows that this is the worst thing to fear. We shall be the ones who conquer satanic love and win Heavenly love. That is what the Unification Church is all about.

Perhaps if I hit this person here, she would think to herself, “Why did Father hit me?” Without even knowing the reason, she might get angry. That is the way society is. You should search for the reason or motivation of something; if you have a justification after learning the reason, then you can get angry about it. Satan is always trying to inspire you to reject God’s true love out of rashness and thoughtlessness.

All of mankind needs to be completely shaken up. All the love which has come from Satan must be totally denied by the individual on all the different levels of living- family, nation, etc. This is why God has allowed such persecution to come to you. That is your shock treatment by which God is allowing you to be shaken up. Many people have retreated in the face of persecution and they are hanging from a cliff. At that point there are two kinds of cries. Some say, “Mom and Dad, please come and get me. Save me from this!” On the other hand, some are saying, “God and my Messiah, I’m trying to remain on your side so please help me and pull me into your domain!” Which cry have you made? What kind of cry are you making through the deeds of your own life?

There is only one crazy man who is trying to shake up the entire world and clear it of satanic love. That one man is Reverend Sun Myung Moon. All the powers of Satan, from every level-family, society, tribe, world-are mobilized to push Reverend Moon off the cliff and finish him. However, Reverend Moon has one big secret. While everyone is trying to push him over that cliff, Reverend Moon is holding onto that sandbag of God’s love. Therefore, when everybody is pushing me they are also pushing against that sandbag.

What is happening? The sandbag is not ordinary; it is also an incredible magnet with tremendous pulling power. Thus any decent, conscientious young people who touch it and feel its goodness are automatically stuck, holding on for dear life. Young people are like little pieces of metal floating around freely. They are subjected to the pulling power of their families, their society and all the enticements therein. But the sandbag of God has an enormous power to pull them and young people are following. The power from that sandbag can pull people anywhere.

Reverend Moon has always been fighting through that sandbag on every level and winning victory step by step. He has come to the final level now. The North Pole and the South Pole are two extremes, yet they are like lovers; they are constantly pulling each other. There is a magnetic field connecting the two poles, which is like a love field. Magnetism creates an electric wave which moves from one pole to the other, covering and affecting everybody who comes within it. Just like magnetism, love can penetrate anywhere. Let’s say the love of God is like the North Pole and the love of man is like the South Pole. The two are connected by the magnetic field of love. Once they achieve vertical unity, horizontal unity automatically comes into being, just as there are lines of both latitude and longitude on the globe.

Satanic love is like the winter while God’s love is like the spring. When springtime comes, people can feel comfortable and take off their heavy clothing. They feel like opening up their whole bodies to spring. But in winter, we have to protect ourselves and cover up completely, wearing heavy coats with zippers. In the same kind of spiritual situation, the love of God cannot be received.

The situation of the world today is like the severest winter. The Unification Church is trying to bring spring weather to the universe-warmth and thawing of the ground. The battle between your parents and your allegiance to the church is something like this. Your society is telling you, “Stay home!” but you are saying, “No, it’s like winter here-too cold! I want to go where I can take off my jacket and coat, to the Unification Church.” When they hear you saying such things, however, they can only label it “brainwashing.” From the viewpoint of God, we are righteous, healthy and happy people but from Satan’s point of view, we seem to be crazy.

Although you are standing on God’s side now, you are not quite godly men and women yet. Perhaps you are standing with only one foot on the borderline, yet you want to say, “I am on the side of God!” Where are you standing? Are both of your feet securely planted within God’s side? If you still feel nostalgia for your past loves before the church, then you automatically have one foot still on the side of Satan.

There are many different types of members. Some people are always complaining, “Why is the church always pushing me out to do things?” Others think, “I can’t stand that central figure! It’s impossible to think of him as my Abel!” At such a point, you are really straddling the line between God and Satan. How about you? Are you really firmly on God’s side?

Those of you who keep a diary should record your positions each day. Be completely honest with yourself and record how you do. For example, “Today I was only 70% on God’s side.” Or on Sunday you might record, “Today I was 90% because I went to Belvedere.” Some of you might feel like just turning your back completely on the boundary line and marching directly toward the center point of the Unification Church ideal. You will claim 100% on God’s side.

Each person knows where he is standing in relationship to God’s side and Satan’s side. That ability to know is a most important aspect of human beings. Even though you are immersed in the fallen world, each person has that element of God’s influence within him. Because of that element within, each person can travel back to God, guided by his own internal compass.

Where do you want to be, on the side of God or Satan? How fast would you want to travel to God’s side? You must gain victory over the satanic world. Only after you have scored some points over the satanic world can you move completely to the side of God, regardless of how much you may desire to be with God. Have you won those points yet?

The Washington Redskins are playing in the Super Bowl again this year. How do you think they got to where they are-just by declaring that they wanted to be there? Suppose they had refused to fight any lesser contests but had claimed the right to fight in the Super Bowl. Would anybody accept such a thing? No, people would say, “You have to win the victory, step by step, in order to qualify for the Super Bowl!” That means they have to win one game after another, defeating one team after another. Is that an easy way? No, it is most difficult, even miserable.

Many people say, “We only live once, so why shouldn’t we enjoy life, eating and sleeping at will? Why shouldn’t we just cheat when it’s expedient and make life easy?” Is the Unification Church wrong in living a sacrificial life? Reverend Moon has declared war against Satan on every level, moving up step by step. Now he is declaring, “Let the worldwide Satan come forward and meet me in the Spiritual Super Bowl!”

I have confronted the champions of satanic power on every level, from the individual to the national and now we are at the worldwide level. I am at the level where the democratic world as well as the communist world is confronting me. Likewise, the world of Christianity and religion is confronting me. But I am absolutely sure that nobody can ever take away my sandbag of God’s love. Anybody who wants to challenge me for that sandbag. please come forward.

I will hit that sandbag and it will fly around, 360 degrees. There is no resistance to the motion of true love, just as in a vacuum. Therefore, once the motion of God’s love has been initiated, that motion will continue. That sandbag will hit Moscow and continue to circle.

Reverend Moon engaged and married people of all five different colors of skin. You don’t realize how great you are. Marriage is the most supreme and important event in a person’s life. Nowhere else in this society will men and women let somebody else take care of their marriage. They won’t give that right to their parents, their country, or anybody. Everyone feels, “I must be the one to decide.” Yet you people are giving that right to Reverend Moon. Why is that? You trust that you can connect yourself to the love of God in that way. You have that uncompromising faith because you are smart enough to understand the importance of God’s love.

The means and speed of travel in spirit world are very different from here. Each individual enters the spirit world with a different level of accomplishment in love, a different love record. Thus they each have a different quality of power for their movements. Do you want to be able to travel with me in spirit world? How will you be able to do that? You must inherit the same love vibration as mine; your love vibration must be the same height and depth in order to travel with me.

Although the distances between the stars and planets in the universe are vast, you can still traverse them within one second, if you are moving at God’s speed. It is the power of God’s love that enables Him to move so rapidly. Beyond this world and beyond all human limits, people pursue the world of love. That is the greatest gift which God has devised for people; there is nothing better.

When Reverend Moon travels, he is constantly confronted by opposition from earthly powers. In North Korea, I was confronted by the communist regime. The government of South Korea confronted me as well. The same has been true here in America. Internationally, the leader of the Soviet Union is confronting me in the ultimate battle. The communist world knows Reverend Moon better than the free world. They know me as their greatest threat, a menace they never expected.

Changes have come to the free world. The media as well as the religious world are seeing that Reverend Moon’s fight is also one in which they are involved. They are announcing that they want to help us because they recognize a threat to their own freedom.

Who are the Moonies? You are smart people because you have a sensitivity to original love; you recognize true love when you see it. You have gained an understanding of the world situation that enables you to make sense out of the chaotic things going on every day.

Renowned scholars and theologians are lamenting the loss of vision in the United States. Although America is materially well-off, spiritually it is poverty stricken. People here are seeking any kind of spiritual nourishment they can find. This nation is like a parched desert, without even a blade of grass. But there is an oasis in the middle of that desert where people are finding shade, water, and green grass. That is the Unification Church and the oasis of the Moonies.

Some might say, “That’s only the opinion of Reverend Moon. Since he’s the leader of the Unification Church, he has to say good things about it.” But now, you can tell me. Do you agree with my opinion? When spiritually hungry people come to you, do you have water and nourishment to give to them? Or are you a spiritually hungry person yourself, unable to give anything to anybody else?

Spring water has to have great strength to gush out of the ground. Sometimes it has to push its way through a big rock. Do you have that kind of power? Spring water is never blocked or stopped. It can always find a way to come out of the ground. That kind of water truly gives life to people.

Why do you like to come to Belvedere? What if I were not here to speak to you? As long as you have your own spring, it shouldn’t matter. Individually you must become a person who has plenty of spring water-enough to nourish yourself and enough left over to give away to others. No matter where I go, people are following after me as if they wanted to connect a hose to the spring water within me.

We must be victorious over the world’s challenges in order to cross the boundary line to God’s side. Compared to World War II, is the restoration of the world any easier? In size and seriousness, bringing the world back to God is a larger war. Millions of people died on the Allied side in order to win World War II. Today we are engaged in the largest and most serious war in all of history-against the entire satanic realm. In this final war, our commander-in-chief is God Himself.

God has been preparing an army to fight this war, namely the forces of Christianity. When the Messiah appeared, he was to mobilize those forces and win God’s war. However, organized world Christianity opposed the will of God. Even at this time, many people are opposing the Unification Church. Thus Reverend Moon erected his own foundation, without any help from Christianity. Starting from the individual and family level he has been waging war against Satan and gaining the victory.

At the same time, God has been manipulating the situation of the world. The United States has no confidence or solution for its problems. Likewise, the communist world is virtually at a stalemate. There is no group within the United States that has the confidence to say, “Let’s save the country,” nor any such group within the communist bloc. Although there is a proliferation of religious organizations, none has the confidence to take a true leadership role in the world.

However, there is one group of people who are saying, “We can lead this nation and world toward salvation.” Ironically, they are the accused and persecuted Moonies. What do you think are Reverend Moon’s capabilities? Is he a marathon runner or a boxing champion? He has two capabilities. Reverend Moon’s first special capability is that he has come to the world representing God and loving the world. His second capability is that he can even love Satan and liberate him. Within the satanic realm, no such terminology as “love everyone” exists. It is only within God’s love realm that such an achievement is possible.

My own native land of Korea has opposed me. Japan, too, has declared me an enemy. Therefore, I might consider them my enemies as well. However, I have reciprocated with an attitude of love toward them. In America, our movement produced the movie Inchon, with a tremendous investment of money. We did that for the sake of this country. Therefore, America is indebted to the world because our movement used money raised from other countries for the purpose of educating young people toward greater patriotism and love of God.

We created The Washington Times for the purpose of serving this nation’s capital. We certainly did not have a lot of money to throw away on a gamble. Even though this is such a difficult time financially, we will use more money for the purpose of projects dedicated to this nation. We must commit ourselves wherever necessary.

Because average people are always striving to gain something for themselves, they look at Reverend Moon and accuse him of trying to exploit others or taking money away from this nation. On the contrary, Reverend Moon has been bringing in millions of dollars for the sake of this country. Although this is supposedly the richest country on earth, our movement in America has been supported by millions of dollars from other countries. The idea that Reverend Moon would try to cheat this country out of $50,000 in taxes is mind-boggling to those who understand the truth.

When the truth is learned by young people, they will explode in righteousness. Are you that kind of young people? Therefore, you must go out into the world and save the human trash, bringing them back to life. You can’t let them remain in misery.

Many people believe that the election of even one misguided President would bring an end to this country. My goal is to secure God’s world; therefore, no one worries more about this country than Reverend Moon. Can you Moonies just sit back and expect something good to happen? No, you must get down to your work. You must not be weak skeletons but people of flesh and bone who get out and fight God’s fight. Don’t just talk but show God what you can do.

No one is capable of leaving the realm of Satan on his own power. Therefore, mankind needs a champion to lead the way across the boundary. As that champion crosses, the rest of the people can support him and follow him. How about you blessed couples, what realm are you in-the fallen realm or God’s realm? You are not completely out of the fallen realm because you don’t have your own sovereign nation. We have a church and church law, but no national law. This is why I declared the Creation and Building of the fatherland as our motto for this year.

The sole purpose of the world foundation of Judaism and Christianity was to accept the Messiah. The victory of World War II was to prepare the foundation for the work of the Messiah on the earth. After that time, the U. S. was in the position to lead the world. Korea was completely united with America. Under such circumstances, if Christianity had accepted the Messiah, great victory would have happened. The sovereign government of Korea at that time was Christian. Don’t you think the creation and building of the Fatherland could have occurred then? We were very close to such a spectacular victory but the Christian establishment in several Korean universities rejected God’s will.

At that time, God wanted to see the world of Christianity grafted totally into the Messiah. But because of their rejection, the Messianic world was thrown out of the Christian world and had to begin anew in a far distant position, rebuilding the necessary foundation. At that time, I went voluntarily to North Korea and prison. There is nothing lower or more miserable. Everyone thought I would die because it was truly impossible to survive such conditions. Thus it was a crucifixion for me, one which I wanted to go through without dying. Instead of losing my disciples during that time, I gained them. Jesus’ public life lasted two years and eight months. I spent the same time period in prison, gaining and not losing disciples.

Upon the victory of my prison experience, I can claim the foundation for the Fatherland. Today’s World magazine recently printed a testimony by Mr. Chun Hwa Pak. I carried him 600 miles from North to South Korea. Most people aren’t even able to go beyond their own needs, but I showed the example of serving others by carrying Mr. Pak for that distance.

From the earliest days, people were accusing me and even trying to kill me. At the same time, I was helping many people. I was always hungry because I was always giving my food and money to others – for their school expenses, for hospital bills, and so forth. That is how I started, from the tribal and national level.

Because they rejected the Messiah, the Christian world was surpassed and even encompassed by satanic forces; thus their decline had to happen. Now the Unification Church is replacing the Christian foundation as we are moving to the worldwide level. If what I am saying is true, Satan would never give up his domain easily. I knew that every level of victory over Satan would have to be paid for with incredible sacrifice. The Unification Church is in the Abel position to Christianity. The younger brother is always a source of torment to the Cain brother. Although we started on the smallest level, no one can deny that the Unification Church is now operating on the worldwide level.

Now the time has come that Unificationism or Godism is gaining a more prominent ideological position than any other understanding. It is taking the ideological offensive, not only against communism but also against every other way of thought within the democratic world. Last year I knew that this international foundation, which was linked with 130 countries, had to be linked with Korea. Korea must be connected with the world since that is the initiation point of the movement. The Korean people are in the Cain position to Reverend Moon. Korean Christianity opposed me and the Korean government did the same, but once the Korean nation welcomes me, those who formerly rejected me will join in.

The court battle will be over this year so this is a crucial year. The relationships between Korea, Japan, the United States and Germany will crystallize and be clarified in this year. Once the U.S. has vindicated the name of Reverend Moon, there will be an avalanche of positivity on the international level which nobody will be able to stop. The young people will be the ones most awakened to the goodness of Reverend Moon and the Unification Church. First, they will see that you Moonies are very patriotic. Secondly, you are adamantly opposing communism. And third, you have a confidence that the ideal world is going to happen; you are optimistic about the future.

The IOWC is going everywhere to sprinkle this optimism and patriotism. That is your purpose in meeting mayors and governors. Instead of being influenced by them, those leaders will be influenced by us in such a positive way. People in academics will be affected by the Moonies as well. Americans will wonder how Reverend Moon and his movement could have possibly survived these past ten years of constant attacks from the media and others. But they will see that not only has Reverend Moon survived, he looks stronger than ever. All the blows we have been receiving only served to make us more resolved.

I knew that thinking American people would eventually come to our movement, asking for guidance and seeking to be a part of us. As people look everywhere throughout this country, they cannot find true guidance in any other quarter. They are telling me that our movement is the only hope for America. People are flabbergasted to see that Reverend Moon will lend his support to their projects which are designed to help this nation and world.

Even Jim Whelan, the editor-in-chief of The Washington Times, was hired without my ever seeing him. I supported the choice because I could tell that he was the right man for the job. We only met after he had been working for eight months.

Some of you may be thinking, “Father is really a great performer,” and you don’t really take me seriously. But I want you to understand that you have the opportunity to hear me speak every Sunday not because you are worthy, but because it is my providential duty to come here. Whether or not you understand and appreciate my value, I come here every week for the sake of posterity, history and mankind. Do you follow?

We have come this far and now we can cross over. The nation of Korea is in the most crucial position in the worldwide fight against communism. Panmunjom is the small village in which the representatives forces of North and South Korea, including the United Nations forces, meet every day to trade verbal abuses. Panmunjom, written in Chinese characters, signifies a place where enemies meet and try to hurt each other. With a change in one character, Bun munjom, you signify a place where people meet and reconcile, respecting each other.

There is no other place such as Panmunjom in the rest of the world, where the communists and the free world speak to each other every day. Kim Il Sung’s name signifies the following: Kim means gold, Il means sun, and Sung means success. The people of North Korea call him Father. On this side of the world, the name Sun Myung Moon written in Chinese characters represents Truth, or the word; Sun means beauty or clarity; Myung means light. My name is prophetic.

There is no other nation which is divided between north and south, each part having one central figure they call Father. Do you think mankind can have two fathers? No, only one father is the true one; the other must be a false father. Am I afraid of Kim II Sung? On the contrary, he is afraid of me because he knows deep inside himself that his rule is based on lies and he knows that the truth will expose him. This is the real reason why communism hates and fears Reverend Moon. I have been exposing the lies and deceptions which they have been spreading under the cover of darkness. But once the light comes and exposes them, they have no more power over men.

So far, America has been misunderstanding and mistrusting Reverend Moon but once that changes, they will come to truly respect and love him. When that turning point comes, it will be the final stage. The time will come when American people will feel, “I cannot trust politicians or other people in power; but I know I can trust that man, Reverend Moon.” The sovereignty of any president can last eight years at the most, but when people align themselves with Reverend Moon they can enjoy the sovereignty of Heaven for eternity.

People are beginning to change their perspectives, looking for higher values than before. Don’t you think Reverend Moon’s teaching can inspire people to become better lawmakers and leaders for this country? Ultimately, there is no reason why someone with the understanding of the Divine Principle couldn’t become President. For the same reason, I have been working with the academic community for many years, seeking to inspire scholars in this country toward righteousness.

After listening to me, you feel like running out to do your work. The wise American sitting here today might think, “I want to figure out what Father will do in the future. Since he will be going to Moscow soon, I want to go there now to prepare and lay a foundation for him.” However, be careful. Don’t call me “Father” in Moscow; you’d better just say “Mr. Moon!”

If the free world and Christianity opposed Reverend Moon, what kind of indemnity would they pay? From where would that indemnity be paid-from America or from Christianity or where? Who shall be responsible for the debt they incurred by rejecting the Messiah? The Unification Church must take responsibility because you are in the Abel position. Abel must pay the indemnity.

This is the reason why those in the second position within the Unification Church are always in the sacrificial position. Mr. Eu, the late president of the Korean Unification Church, was the second of the first three couples in the 36 blessed couples. He died in a hospital, not in his own home, about 13 years ago. At that time, our church was facing tremendous opposition from the other Korean Christian churches, as well as from the government.

Also, from my previous marriage there were two sons. The second son was martyred in 1970. He was going out on a summer evangelical mission, like the IOWC, and was killed in a train accident. From the True Parents’ family, there was another daughter, named Hye Jin, who died in 1964. She was the second daughter. Our second son was Heung Jin Nim, who was born right after Hye Jin.

I want you to understand that this is the Divine Principle way of the dispensation. This has been true throughout history and for our movement as well. Likewise, it is true for the True Parents’ family. You can see for yourself that the Divine Principle is not just something I made up, but it is the true principle which has guided history.

For our recent Victory Over Communism rallies in Korea, I invited distinguished scholars and leaders of the academic communities in 72 different countries. The 72 heads of the PWPA represented the 72 disciples of Jesus. They were asked to come to Korea but were not given a clear explanation why. So they came on faith, knowing that when they got there, they would find out the reason. That’s a very unusual way to treat scholars.

As you know, all those scholars had attended the recent Science Conference in Chicago. They had all left Chicago by November 29 and were going home to their countries. As I was leaving for Korea, I asked that all the chairmen of the PWPA be called to join me before the rallies started on December 14. One-third of those professors had not even arrived home by then, so when they heard about the invitation en route, they turned around and went to Korea. Just as I found disciples in the North Korean prison, I was able to find faithful scholars who would come to join me in Korea.

When those scholars arrived at the airport in Seoul, the first question they asked was, “Why did I come here?” The answer they were given was, “You came because Reverend Moon wanted you to.”! That was a very busy time in the academic community; the month of December is normally a time for them to take care of many duties. Yet they came, disregarding their own feelings, because they were motivated by somebody else.

There has never been such a rally in Korea during the month of December. With Christmas on the way, people are not usually interested in rallies because they have too much to do. Thus, even the leaders of the church told me, “This is a mistake. Let’s hold the rallies in 1984.” There was only one person-me-who believed it would work. Therefore, the Unification Church members failed to have faith in me. Korean leaders and members tried to tell me all the reasons why the rallies shouldn’t be held in December, but I silenced them all. I pulled out my little notebook and said, “I have written down right here that this rally is a mandate from God and therefore it will be a success.”

The rallies in Korea were of worldwide importance because they turned the battle against communism in a totally new direction. The Christian churches in Korea have always been quick to oppose Reverend Moon. However, when they heard that I was sponsoring rallies for Victory Over Communism, they were put on the spot. If they tried to oppose me, people would ask, “Are you pro-Communist?” They couldn’t say anything against Reverend Moon at that time! The Korean government was laughing at me, too, thinking, “Reverend Moon is making a colossal mistake. He’s going to rent those gymnasiums and they will be half-empty. He will lose his shirt!”

But what happened? The rallies were a success. The Korean government was completely taken aback. They felt that instead of the Chun Do Hwan government being in authority, many people were listening to Reverend Moon. Forty million Korean people came to believe that only Reverend Moon is able to defeat the North Korean communists and restore health and prosperity to their country.

Our goal is for 7 million VOC members, both in Korea and Japan. This is a heavy blow to Satan, like a Pearl Harbor attack, which he never expected. The Korean government knows that they cannot do anything to Reverend Moon himself, since he has become an international figure. They have planned to harass the junior leaders, if they can find any basis for accusation. They had been using underhanded tactics to undermine our work.

Kwangju was the eighth city for the rallies, the final opportunity for Satan to strike. Satan desperately wanted to stop Reverend Moon from success in Korea, but I had already set all the conditions for our victory. While I was in Korea, the attention of Japan as well as the U.S. was focused there. Since the satanic forces had absolutely no room to attack me or the rallies, they attacked the True Parents’ family. Our children are on the level with the Unification Church, a different level from the True Parents. One child was the target-Heung Jin Nim-for the satanic attack. At exactly the same hour as our rally, 11:10 a.m. Kwangju time, Satan hit Heung Jin Nim.

Kwangju has been a very liberal city, with a lot of communist infiltrators. I had been warned by many people that my life would be in danger there. However the gymnasium was completely filled up one hour before the rally. Five thousand people had to stand outside. Often when terrorists want to attack someone, they will hide in crowds. Therefore, they will never come too early to a gathering because they might stand out. So when they came to Kwangju, there wasn’t even one seat available.

Heung Jin Nim’s sacrifice was at the most crucial moment of human history. Even though he had to sacrifice his life, God could resurrect him. You should know what will be the result of the passing of Heung Jin Nim.

My level of accomplishment is far greater than the tribal level which Jesus achieved. These Korean rallies symbolized the total victory on the national level. From here, we can move to the worldwide level. December 18 has been a very historical day. December 18, 1983, was the day when those 72 scholars pledged in front of Mother and me to dedicate themselves to the fight against communism under our leadership. This is precisely as if Jesus had been able to enter the Roman empire with his disciples and had stood up and declared war against that empire. In the name of 72 nations, I declared war against international communism.

It was most important that Reverend Moon was treated like a head of state at these rallies. There are certain requirements of Korean protocol, among them no man except the president is allowed to have his wife with him on the stage during a rally. Mother and I were always on the stage together. Also, the preparations for the rallies were made by members from East and West, not just Koreans. The level of participation was worldwide because of the representatives from 72 nations.

Reverend Moon has built this foundation under incredibly adverse circumstances. I have gained a reputation among the American people for accomplishing whatever I say I will. I was able to accomplish many valuable things, even while going to the courtroom every day. I told the court that I was going to Korea for the rally and they said, “Oh, of course. Please go ahead.” It’s almost as if Jesus had been able to go to Rome, walk up the steps of their Capitol Hill and say, “I’m going to build the Kingdom of God here on earth,” and all the elders had responded, “Of course, please go ahead and do it!”

In ten days, I traveled to eight Korean cities and completely awoke the population. Even though the Korean government was reluctant to see my success, the lower level bureaucrats realized that Reverend Moon was a winner. Many of them came to me in private and said, “Please remember me.” The Interior Minister in charge of the national police issued a private memorandum to his forces saying, “Don’t help Reverend Moon or send him escorts.” However, every lower-echelon police commander was competing with the others to send the best quality escorts to Reverend Moon. They told me, “You deserve it.”

Imagine how Satan felt to see such success by Reverend Moon. Don’t you think he felt more than a little jealous? He saw clearly that the era of God is dawning and his own six-thousand year reign is collapsing. Reverend Moon has gained the respect and trust of people all over Korea. They were worked up over the Korean Airline massacre as well as the bombing in Rangoon, Burma, which killed their leaders. In the face of such terrible things, however, the Korean people became demoralized. They felt they couldn’t do anything, since they were just a small, helpless nation. But then Reverend Moon showed up and gave them a reason to hope and a promise for the future.

The Soviet Union is the subject to North Korea, the object. The incident of the Korean Airlines was done by the subject nation, while the Rangoon bombing was done by North Korea. Together they were hitting South Korea, hoping for a total demoralization. But what happened? Reverend Moon showed up and within ten days the national morale was restored to its highest level.

The communist bloc suffered a humiliating setback in the Western hemisphere through the Grenada invasion. They had hoped to be able to demoralize South Korea. But Reverend Moon came bursting on the scene with new energy. No month was more hot, hectic and important than December 1983.

1983 was the first year of the final three years’ wilderness period. That is why I went to Korea during that year. Our slogan for 1983 was Home Church Is Our Land of Settlement. That land of settlement is Korea. This year, we have gone one step further with our slogan, The Creation and Building of the Fatherland. This is an historical turning point.

At the time of Jesus’ crucifixion, there were two thieves hanging on crosses, one on Jesus’ left and one on the right. By Divine Principle, we know that the one on the right represented the free world to come and the one on the left represented the communist world. The one on the left was scornful and said, “If you are really the son of God, why don’t you get down from there and save all of us?”

At the time of Heung Jin Nim’s accident, two other blessed children were with him. They survived and are now in good condition. They were driving on Route 9 and a big truck was traveling in the opposite lane. The driver of the truck threw on his brakes to avoid a patch of ice but his trailer jack-knifed into their lane. Normally such a situation would have caused the greatest damage to the person in the front passenger’s seat. But Heung Jin Nim had just enough time to turn the car so that the fullest brunt of the impact was on his side.

When those two boys, Jin Bok and Jin Gil, got out of the hospital, they gave testimony in tears that Heung Jin Nim had died on their behalf. He could have easily turned the other way to protect himself, but they reported that he deliberately took the impact to save them.

Heung Jin Nim was truly born to save others, which he did even at the moment of his death. Thus the fact that he sacrificed himself for the other two boys is symbolic of the fact that he sacrificed himself for the sake of the world. Abel is always in the position to be a sacrifice and Heung Jin Nim never feared that possibility; in fact he virtually volunteered for it.

Jesus and the two thieves were all crucified; but in the case of Heung Jin Nim, he died and the two representatives of the world survived, healthy and strong. Jin Bok and Jin Gil had often testified that Heung Jin was always saying, “I love my father and he is in danger. I am in a position to protect him and I am ready to die to do that.” These two boys lost their own father many years ago; because of that, Heung Jin Nim always loved them very much and felt a fatherly heart toward them.

Because Heung Jin Nim paved the way, we now have a wide open door to save the communist and the free worlds. He sacrificed himself on the national foundation level for the sake of the forthcoming unity between the democratic and communist worlds. The accident occurred in the Western world but he was buried in Korea; thus his body is linked to both worlds. His body returned to his homeland, which was the national foundation, and he died for the sake of the world. Since he was living on the victorious national foundation and he died on that foundation, he will be able to travel back and forth from spirit world. He will be able to work here on the national level and move on to the worldwide level.

There is a far greater foundation made for the land of settlement than in the time of Jesus. Now the door towards the salvation of humanity has been opened far wider because of Heung Jin Nim’s sacrifice. Even Jesus could not establish the national level because he could not establish the True Parents. But Heung Jin Nim had True Parents, who laid the national foundation for him to inherit.

That is why Heung Jin Nim’s sacrifice brought back the situation of the two thieves being crucified next to Jesus-it was their resurrection. Even though many sacrifices have been made by our church elders in the past, such as Mr. Eu and Mr. Lee and also my other children who died, they were sacrificed only on the church level. For the first time, a sacrifice was made on the national level by Heung Jin Nim. This is the reason why he can become a commander-in-chief in spirit world and the physical world, moving freely back and forth.

Since Heung Jin Nim was unmarried, his death has another significance. At this time, the spirit world is an unmarried realm and will remain so until the True Parents go there. He has become the commander-in-chief of all those unmarried men and women in spirit world. For that reason, I told Heung Jin Nim not to worry about being unmarried. I will provide him with an adopted son here on earth. That means he shall receive the blessing as well.

Heung Jin Nim took on all the blame for the Unification Church; by dying for that purpose, he has freed everybody else. Therefore, his contribution touches not only our church but also the free world and the communist world. All those people will come to love Heung Jin Nim. He loved the world and proved it by becoming the conditional sacrifice for the world. For that reason, the rest of the Unification Church must also love the world.

He died in my place. Therefore, your love for him must manifest itself in your love for me. Before this, spirit world has had no way to connect to True Parents; but because Heung Jin Nim is a direct representative, they can now connect. Also, they can connect themselves to the Unification Church because he died for you, too.

Here on earth, Heung Jin Nim showed the example of loving his fellow man unto his life. Likewise, for the love of his father, he died for the sake of the world, knowing that his father could continue to live for the sake of the world. By loving Heung Jin Nim in spirit world, those men and women can connect with the True Parents on earth. Therefore, his entry into that world was a great and joyful day; he came as the messiah of love for the spirit world.

Heung Jin Nim set the example for martyrdom for our church. The spirit world and the physical world will be loving him. The True Parents’ position has been that of willingness and joyfulness to contribute their beloved son for the great benefit of the spirit world and physical world.

God never had the chance to love Adam and Eve, who fell as teenagers. Now this pure, unmarried teenage son has been lifted up into spirit world. This is the first time such a gift could be given to God-that He might love such an unstained child. Therefore, I told God that I would not feel sadness for myself but rather repentance that when I was a teenager I could not love Korea enough and that there wasn’t enough foundation at that time. But now, with the sacrifice of my son for the world, I have fulfilled my responsibility for the nation of Korea and for the world. Those things which I myself could not do in the past can now be received by God through Heung Jin Nim’s sacrifice.

The spirit world, the physical world, and the True Parents are loving Heung Jin Nim. Upon the total sacrifice of Heung Jin Nim for the sake of those two passengers in his car, which symbolize the free and communist worlds, I am proclaiming that he obtained the victory of love. I will now physically save the free world and the communist world. Furthermore, I am declaring the resurrection of love. In this way, the realm of death has no more power.

That is why I declared that the funeral of Heung Jin Nim should be entirely different from any others. It was to be a joyful celebration, even like a wedding day. Furthermore, I declared the Day of the Victory of Love. I never had the time to think in terms of my own son dying but rather how this victory would benefit God and hurt Satan’s realm. Thus I concentrated upon making many conditions to lead into making the declaration of that Day of Victory of Love.

Instead of thinking in terms of our departed son, Mother and I were centered upon the dispensation of God. In the hospital, I held the Unification Ceremony for the overall benefit. I pledged to God that the True Parents would remain regally proud and that the entire spirit world and physical world would recognize the True Parents and praise them, due to this victory of love. The entire world will proclaim to the True Parents, “You are the true center of God’s love.”

The Day of Victory of Love is that day in which the True Parents have reached a new level and are marching forward upon the foundation of Heung Jin Nim’s sacrifice. Therefore I said to Mother, “This is not the time to shed tears. This is actually a moment of glory for God and humanity. Particularly during the funeral time, you are not in the position to shed tears.” I admonished her not to shed tears in public; privately, as a loving mother, she will shed many tears.

At 4:00 a.m. on January 3, 1984, I declared the Day of Victory of Love. The number represented by that time is significant – 4 plus 1 (the 1st month) plus 3 equals 8, the number for renewal. Heung Jin Nim has been given a new mission. He is a truly free man now, able to travel between spirit world and physical world. So his mission is to lead young people in both realms, cleansing them by the power of love.

We have maintained Heung Jin Nim’s room in East Garden just as it was. His brothers and sisters have all wanted to go in there to sleep and study since he has passed on; there is a powerful attraction for them in that room. Thus the power and attractiveness that Heung Jin Nim has for young people is already being manifested.

I have begun a special dispensation in Korea. Members of our church will be given an identification card with my picture on it. Those who are loyal and carry this card with them all the time will be inevitably affected by good spirit world. But there are conditions by which that card must be held. You cannot be focused on selfish interests or your own family’s needs. You must be completely dedicated to God’s work for a certain time before you qualify. After that spiritual condition is met, you will gain the blessing of True Parents and good things will truly happen to you.

The Day of Victory of Love is the most significant day in our movement. You too must manifest the true love of God in your deeds. Without a truly loving spirit, you cannot be worthy of this special day. I did not shed any tears over the loss of Heung Jin Nim throughout the whole time of the funeral. It was only when Col. Pak came back from Korea and reported about the victorious proceedings there, that I finally shed tears for my son. I am a public man and therefore must be stern with myself.

I always preached to Mother, “You are like a tree with its new leaves at the top. When a storm comes, those leaves will blow and the branches will sway. But never forget that the leaves are attached to the branches, the branches are attached to the trunk, which is attached to the root. You will never be separated from your root, no matter how turbulent are the emotional storms that shake you. You must not be broken.”

Through this event, the Unification Church will never be weakened but will leap forward. This greatest sacrifice will bring about greater victories. From now on, centering on the True Parents and upon the declaration of the Day of Victory of Love, vindication will come to us. As long as you love the True Parents more than you love anything else, you will overcome Satan. The power of love will be your vindication because Heung Jin Nim died for all of us and he opened the door so that everyone can be entitled to the privilege of love.

Now your duty is to love the True Parents even more than Heung Jin Nim did. If you have that as your criterion, the power of death will be no more and Satan will retreat. Up till now, Satan was able to conquer and control love but from now on, love shall be governed by God. This is a great, great day. Do you follow?

If you listen again to these points, you will understand these profound truths which I am telling you. Basically I am telling you that the power of love is now able to conquer the power of death. Upon this foundation, I declared the Day of Victory of Love. The satanic world will crumble faster now, but the speed will be determined by you-the faster you move, the faster they will crumble. That is your responsibility. This is the time for you to be running day and night doing God’s work. Even though you may feel you are about to die during these three years, don’t worry. If you die to yourself, you will not die physically but will see that in three years the resurrection will come to this nation and even the world.

After three years of Jesus’ mission, he gained his individual resurrection. We are bringing the national resurrection and we shall move forward to that goal and achieve the great victory. Amen! Of course, everyone will die physically some day, but you won’t have to die in the satanic realm; you will die in the Heavenly realm. Our new tradition for funeral and burial is different from the secular world and even from the Christian world.

Now you know the importance of the Day of Victory of Love. Your determination must be to gain inspiration from Heung Jin Nim and even go beyond his accomplishment. He will be with you, helping you. If you tell him, “Heung Jin Nim, I am going to surpass even your standard,” he will be pleased. He will say, “Go right ahead.” That is a very difficult standard to surpass but that must be your goal.

If you are dedicated to that goal, please raise your hands. Heung Jin Nim will thank you for that. Spirit world is right here with us, so Heung Jin Nim is here, as well. By the declaration of the Day of Victory of Love, even Jesus Christ has gained greater freedom to come down to this world on the national level. The entire Christian world has been liberated as well.

There are many theologians, professors, and other people who have come to know me and they have a good feeling about me. You will see that as the IOWC moves around the country, their situations will be changing. Right now, they are doing everything out of their vans. But soon they will be invited to live in church buildings.

Due to the Day of Victory of Love, Esau is freed to love Jacob; Cain can love Abel. Previously, great indemnity had to be paid by Abel in order to love Cain. Cain was never in a position to love Abel even though he might have wanted to because satanic forces were always dictating to Cain whom he could love. But now the love of God has come down and Cain can freely love Abel. In other words. Satan’s power over love has been greatly diminished.

The world is changing. You can feel it and you can see it, even in the media. Great changes are coming; the springtime of love is upon us. When spring comes, most people think about having a picnic but a conscientious farmer will use his time to sprinkle his seeds. That is what we are going to do. Because we are different from the secular world, we are going to work in the springtime to plant the seeds of God’s love in the hearts of men.

These next three years will be our time for planting God’s love. Everywhere we go, we will have that consciousness. Shall we do it?

## THE PURPOSE OF LIFE, COMING AND GOING

By Fami1yfed June 23, 2018 June 23, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1984

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### January 8, 1984
Belvedere
Translator – Sang Kil Han

On this second Sunday of the year, we must look back on 1983 and think seriously about it. Mankind has always asked the fundamental questions of where did we come from, what path should we take, and where are we going? The fate of each person, in the ultimate sense, is the same; there is nothing unique about anyone in that respect.

We are all interdependent as we carry on our lives. Some people might think that only their particular group comprises the true Americans but this is not so. All different races and minority groups are woven into the fabric of American society. The same principle is true vertically. All races and groups have a vertical connection with the past and their experiences up till now encompass many things.

Although masses of people are most obvious in the world, the individual is the basic unit. It is the individual which is multiplied to create the masses.

Our lives require variety. You eat one thing for breakfast and then another type of food for lunch and dinner. You don’t want to live just on bagels and cream cheese; you know you need other types of food as well. Furthermore, we don’t want to be confined just to the earth’s surface; we want to experience flying in the air and diving under the water. We want to live the way our imaginations direct us.

Just look at the way the human head is placed on the neck. It has tremendous flexibility; in fact, a man can turn his head and shoulders and can see everything around him, encompassing 360 degrees.

Imagine that you could ask a direct question to your hand, saying, “You are not such a beautiful thing by yourself but your purpose is to touch other things. Out of all the things in the world, what would you most like to touch?” The simple answer that hand would give is, “I want to touch the things which are the most valuable.” Ask your eyes, which are always rolling around looking at things, “Why are you so busy?” The eyes would answer, “I’m always looking for the things which are good and valuable.” Another busy part of the face is the mouth-it is always moving. That mouth wants to be able to express the most valuable feelings. Likewise, your feet want to move toward things of greatest value.

Each of you has a mind but you can’t tell me how it looks, or even where it is located in space. Your mind would have the same goal as the other parts of you-to experience things of value.

We can observe other people doing things and we may not see any underlying principle that guides their actions. However if we really examine it, we can find the center and guiding purpose of a person’s life. A person will base his entire life, his actions and everything, on the central value in his life.

Suppose we asked an average woman what she is living for. She would answer that she seeks value in life. The same is true of any man, no matter how high or low in human society. Every person would say that he is seeking greater and greater value in life.

If we asked a saintly woman, “Is there something of more value than even yourself?” she would reply, “A saintly man.” Likewise, the saintly man would consider the saintly woman as having greater value than himself. Do you think that is a silly answer or a correct one? Is a woman’s appearance the factor that gives her more value to a man than himself? What makes the saintly man value the saintly woman so much? That woman has the love within herself which the man needs. It is the quality of her love for him that makes the saintly man value her. The reverse is true as well.

Where does love originate in the very beginning? When we answer that question, all other questions about life and love between men and women are answered. Where love is, man and woman are bound to be as well. We might ask how many kinds of love there are. Does a grandfather feel a different kind of love from his son or his grandson? Can we classify people’s love according to the color of their skin? No, love is the same for all people. The same principle guides love for black people, yellow people and white people. This is the truth, without exception.

What if the love that a man and a woman need was dispersed in every direction-north, south, east and west? It would be very difficult. However, love exists in absolutely one direction. That means if you are going in that direction, you cannot retreat.

We can give a clear example of this principle in the relationship between a man and a woman. Once a man has found his love in his wife, he exists in relationship with her for her entire life, without ever retreating. Once he starts to pursue her as his object, he never stops.

Another example is your eyes. You would never think about exchanging them with another person just to see something differently. How about your mind? Would you ever imagine exchanging the way you think with someone else? It’s impossible!

Since we can never exchange our eyes or our minds with another, it stands to reason that we can never exchange our spouses. A person’s spouse is more valuable than even oneself; therefore, one cannot change spouses at whim. Those of you here are mostly blessed couples and some of you have started your families. Is your spouse pleasant to behold or do you hate to look at him or her? It is possible that someone may feel that he doesn’t even want to look at his or her spouse but the crucial question to ask is whether or not your spouse is truly the genuine one for you. If there is something untrue-not genuine-about that spouse, then you indeed have a problem.

Suppose we had a lump of 24-carat gold and a piece of sculpture of George Washington, also made of 24-carat gold. The lump is very rough and dull, as if someone had retrieved it from a trash can. Suppose both items weighed the same, say one pound. Which has more value? In terms of the gold, they both have the same value. But then let’s say that the ugly lump weighed .3 pounds more than the sculpture. Which would be worth more money then? It would be the ugly lump because it weighed more. We are not so much concerned about how gold looks or what shape it is in, but rather about its quality and whether it is truly 24-carat or not.

We could also compare the value of two people, a pretty woman and a plain woman for example. Suppose the plain woman had more truthfulness and genuineness. We must have a discerning eye, capable of telling the difference between people. We must be able to see when a person has more quality than another, even though that person might be physically less attractive than others. The person who may seem to be more appealing may not have the same quality.

It is true that the woman who has a less beautiful appearance often tends to have more love within her than a woman who is extremely beautiful. Perhaps you men might say, “I would like a good quality woman who is also beautiful!” However, chances are that you cannot have both; it is either/or. There is a Korean adage that says, “There is no truly blessed woman who is beautiful.”

When a woman is beautiful in her youth she will often try to maintain her beauty even after it is gone. She may also continue to be boastful and aggressive as she was when she was young and beautiful. When such a woman approaches, people are diminished by her. On the contrary, the woman who is just average-looking will not be obsessed by her looks but will focus upon her internal beauty. Everything is relative-if a woman has one quality, she won’t have the other and vice-versa.

There are all kinds of men-different shapes, sizes, colorings, different types of character and personality, and so forth. Who receives the beautiful woman and the not-so beautiful woman? The man who matches the beautiful woman will receive her, likewise with the not-so-beautiful woman. However, the most important quality of any person is his or her truthfulness. The value of a person is determined by how genuine he or she is.

Within a kingdom there are many citizens. Some of them are loyal and some only pretend to be loyal, always trying to use the king for their own benefit. In what age group would you expect to find more of the insincere subjects? It is usually older people who have learned how to manipulate and use others. An insincere person might have been quite handsome when he was younger, able to get whatever he wanted. But as he grows older, he would get skinnier and less attractive. Therefore, one can imagine that such people would tend to become the imitation loyal subjects as they got older.

Above all your other qualities, your true love must be genuine. Thus you must look at people and things with your eyes tuned in to true love. Do you look at your spouse with the eyes of genuine love? What percentage of your life do you see your spouse through the eyes of true love? Perhaps only 50% of the time? Or maybe only 10% of the time? You can evaluate yourself-if you only look at your spouse with eyes of true love 10% of the time, then you can know that you are 90% impure. You know you have to change if you have that much impurity. Ask yourself seriously how pure you are.

Is there really a God? If a majority of the people deny that God exists, how can you be sure that God exists? If I were to stand here this morning and say, “There is no God,” could anyone come up here and convince me of the opposite? How would you do it? Could you grab me by the neck and choke me until I accepted that God exists? That wouldn’t work! Perhaps some people would succumb to that kind of pressure but would God want people to believe in Him because of that? No, He would prefer that a person seeks to know God, finds Him, and then follows Him on his own.

If there were no God, the Unification Church would not be necessary and neither would the rest of Christianity. All the great saints of the past would have lived meaningless lives if God truly doesn’t exist. However, God exists and He guided and inspired the great religious leaders of the world. Whether it was Jesus Christ, Buddha, Confucius, or Mohammed, a common message came through-that message was one of righteousness, peace and harmony. Because they sought to expand that message to many others and to change the world, they came to be known as the greatest of saints.

These people worked throughout their lives for the purpose of expanding goodness to the largest level. These saints all lived many centuries ago and their teachings have been guiding people for thousands of years, yet we still have not achieved a world of righteousness, peace and harmony. Although mankind yearns for this kind of world, we are still striving for it.

Each of these great religious leaders introduced the concept of universal peace and harmony, a concept which has the quality of eternity and unchangeability. Where did these saints get eternal and unchanging ideas?

Here in America, people consider freedom to be a great virtue but what is the basis for freedom; where does it come from? Certainly the freedom of all levels of existence-individual, family, and on up to the universe-is based upon God Himself. Yet the average American does not connect his freedom with God. Instead, people try to base their freedom on themselves. The self is a very changeable center; freedom, peace and harmony are lofty ideals which can never be founded upon the false center of selfishness.

Some say, “Only white people should enjoy true freedom.” Yet such a concept is immediately recognizable as false. That kind of freedom is bad, not good. By the same token, the American culture has become strongly individualistic, due largely to a misguided way of thinking about freedom. If freedom is indeed so dear, then we must at least connect it with an eternally unchanging essence. If freedom is connected with that, then perhaps the search for freedom is truly worthwhile.

As we have said, true love is the most valuable thing for both a man and a woman. God as well needs to have the give and take of true love with man and woman. Because true love comes only from God, only those who are centered upon God are able to possess it. Like fish jumping for bait, men and women jump for true love when they see it. Once you swallow that true love bait, it is a part of you and no one can take it away. You never get tired of having true love inside of you or wish you had never swallowed it.

If you could find true love somewhere in the world, would you be content to just look at it or wouldn’t you immediately jump at it and swallow it? Wouldn’t you do anything at all to remain attached to that true love? If you women had very long hair wouldn’t you want to tie your hair around true love so you would remain attached? Not only American women but also Korean, Japanese and all women are crazy about true love. This was true a thousand years ago and it will be the same a thousand years from now. If something is attractive for thousands of years in the past and future, then we can conclude that it possesses genuine, unchanging value. Certainly every ideal that we pursue should possess such unchanging, eternal value.

We can conclude that if we connect our freedom with this eternal point, it will be eternal freedom. Likewise if our peace, harmony and righteousness stem from this eternal quality, they will be eternal as well. Any eternally stable society must stem from this eternal quality. We need an unchanging center for our universe. True love is the only quality that can connect the most remote extremes within this universe. No matter how much money we have, it cannot create universal harmony; likewise, no knowledge or advanced technology will be able to do it.

Is man born with the essence and potential for true love? Certainly every person feels that within himself there is the ability to find true love. What direction does the love of man and woman flow? Quite simply, their love flows toward each other. Any man or woman is only half of a whole.

Even within a tiny seed, the most elementary form of nature, there are two parts. You can see this for yourself if you peel away the skin of any seed. One part is the plus element and the other is the minus. Nestled in between the plus and the minus is the tiny embryo. Every seed has these fundamental elements. The same is true within the animal kingdom. All living things incorporate the essences of plus and minus, just as mankind is composed of man and woman.

The little seed in the ground receives protection from the earth and moisture from the heavens and when springtime comes, it starts to sprout. Its cells multiply so rapidly, you can observe its growth from day to day. The sprout is big enough to be sustained by the ground and sky by the time the nutrition stored within that seed runs out. It keeps on growing to become a big plant and then it eventually starts to bud, itself.

This is an example of the cycle of life throughout the universe. Plus and minus elements are drawn together, giving everything of their essences to that embryo which exists between them. That is the work of Nature. In order to create a new life, man and woman must come together in physical unity. In that way the embryo is formed within the woman. God Himself has two elements-plus and minus-which were expressed in Adam and Eve. Since we were born from a seed, everything in nature propels us to return to that seed.

You are intelligent people. Can you tell me why you must get married? It is so that you can return to your original point. There is a lot of confusion surrounding this simple principle because all the power of Satan has tried to move mankind away from this truth. The result is rampant individualism and such things as the “gay liberation movement.” Now many people are lower than the animals because they don’t even know what is their original, natural state. Satan holds on to mankind through such confusion.

Without the unity of man and woman through the force of love, life itself cannot be perpetuated. This is very simple and clear. Without love as the very basis of life, you cannot even think about peace, freedom, and happiness. Therefore love must be found first, before anything else. To put it very simply, man and woman can never be happy without each other. That is the law of existence for the entire universe. No matter how intelligent, talented or capable, every human being is bound by this law.

Our title this morning may have sounded ambiguous but it is pointing to something very simple. Human beings are created from love and go back to love. All things take place at one beginning point and are then multiplied. Thus all women started from one woman; all men started from one man. The process of development and multiplication started at one point and will continue forever.

The purpose of our life, both coming and going, is simply love. We begin as embryos, we develop and then we experience life. In our lives we are destined to return to that point of unity in love, through which another embryo is formed. Every person is born alone, grows up and forms a couple but then each person dies alone.

Everyone is born from two parents; no one is his own origin. Centering upon the parents’ love, the children come into existence. The cells of the embryo multiply hundreds of billions of times to form a new baby. What is the value of that child? His value comes from the fact that he is a participant and a part of his parents’ love. Our lives depend entirely upon the love of our parents; if our parents did something to exclude us from their love, we would never have existed. There is no form of life which does not naturally seek to produce its fruit, its offspring.

Since the child is a part of the love between the father and mother, he inherits all his vital elements from them. When the parents look at their children they can see everything of value within themselves because those children are the embodiments of themselves. Also the love from the past, present and future are contained within those children.

Children want to embrace and cling to their parents, not because somebody teaches them to, but because of the force of nature. That is what the universe is propelling them to do. Likewise, the law of the universe dictates that parents love and nurture their children. Even without our being aware of this law, we are guided by it. Of course, people do neglect and hurt their children because of the invasion of Satan. Fallen man is the helpless victim of Satan and this is the source of man’s agony.

In spite of mankind’s invasion by Satan, there is a natural tendency for people to protect and support mothers with children. Likewise, when hunters see an animal who is caring for its offspring, they will not kill it. That is because of the influence of universal law, springing from God. Those who violate that law are violating God and they will eventually be the ones who suffer for it.

We can look at another example. There are men who have been convicted of terrible crimes and sentenced by society to die. Even though such a man did a terrible thing, his mother will weep for him and wish his life could be spared. Society will naturally respect and sympathize with the feelings of that mother, regardless of how terrible the crime her son committed. The man may go to the electric chair, yet his mother’s heart will never change and the universe itself will protect her and seek to comfort her.

It is natural that every human being wants to be a part of, and an owner of, everything that exists on the earth. When a baby is inside the mother’s womb, it receives everything it needs. It is developing every part of itself- eyes, hair, limbs-within that womb. The contribution of the father and the mother enable the baby to develop everything it needs to become a functioning human being.

As the baby grows and the mother gets bigger and bigger, the husband doesn’t resent his wife’s size. Instead, he will do everything to show his respect and try to protect her. In fact, that is one time when a man really enjoys “ugliness” in his wife. She may be unshapely but she is about to give birth to the seed of their love. Every part of her is swelling up yet for all of that, the husband appreciates her even more. That is because his wife’s body is fulfilling its purpose. No husband of true love will ever be angry with his wife for losing her shape because of pregnancy. Nothing can surpass the sacredness and value of that woman giving birth to the fruit of their love.

God created everything within the universe for the purpose of love. He did not seek for greater material wealth, more knowledge, or more power over others. Just like us, God needs love. Thus we can clearly understand God’s agony. Although He created mankind, He has never received the fruits of His love.

As the absolute subjective being God needs an absolute object. Who is that supposed to be? Man and woman. Why was man created with both a physical and a spiritual body, instead of just one or the other? God as Subject wanted to be able to communicate with the spirit of man, which was to be subjective over the physical body of man. The spiritual body of man was supposed to vibrate in resonance with the love of God, giving direction to the actions of the physical body. True love is the vibrating power with which God reaches out to man, trying to guide him into resonance with Him.

Man’s ability to respond to the true love of God was killed due to the fall. People cannot even recognize God’s true love, much less vibrate with it. The whole purpose of salvation is to restore that ability of human beings to vibrate with the love of God. Once the spiritual body of man can receive the vibration of God’s love, his whole self will resound with it. His entire physical body will respond to God’s stimuli. That would be the total satisfaction of love. Nothing more could be desired by anyone.

Man is totally satisfied by the touch of true love from his Subject, God. This is everything that people have searched for-the essence of true love. Yet no one has known before how to define true love and what was the source of it.

God created Adam and Eve in the same way as the other forms of life-from embryos. Only after a child grows up can he truly become one with the rest of the universe; until then, he is incomplete. As Adam and Eve reached puberty, life began to take on new meaning. Just like teenagers today, they felt the newness of romantic, poetic yearnings. They began to think about exploring the entire world and searching for adventure. They began to think about love, as well.

A loving woman can confidently feel that no matter how big and tall her husband may be, she is big enough to embrace him and encompass him with her love. In fact a true woman will feel that God Himself can come and be engulfed within her bosom. She will feel that large with her love.

A man and woman truly in love will feel like engulfing each other, penetrating each other totally. God feels the same desire. Just as Adam and Eve would have yearned to touch other in the most sensitive places, so too does God want to participate in their love and touch them. Just as Adam and Eve were intoxicated with their love, so would God be. God would embrace Adam and Eve and look forward to more and greater love in the future. He would embrace them with the strongest power of true love. Nothing could ever separate them at that point.

Don’t you think God planned for that? Did you ever imagine that God had such a plan before you joined this church? Are you glad you came to the Unification Church?

All things, including human beings, grow according to a certain process. As Adam and Eve grew, they were to learn more and more about their environment. They would learn more and more about each other, as well. Ultimately, when their spiritual and physical growth was complete, they could gaze upon the entire universe at a single glance. Adam represents the entire masculine realm of the universe, Eve represents the feminine realm, and together they literally possess the universe.

There is no stronger power than that of first love. Even the power of the parents’ love is not able to block the power of first love. Men and women were meant to move toward each other. The power of their attraction is so great, they don’t think about whether they will hurt their heads when they crash together. How many miles per hour do you suppose they travel when they are moving toward each other? Maybe a million? As they come toward each other, mindless of everything else, they don’t want to stop for anything. Adam and Eve would never worried about whether or not they had enough money to come together. They certainly wouldn’t have worried about whether they had enough education or enough status.

How about you? If you first try to appraise your spouse on the basis of looks, education, or achievements, you are not operating out of genuine love. Even though you may think you are being “realistic” with such an attitude, you are not being genuine. God is most heartbroken to see this because He has set no limits on the speed at which Adam and Eve can experience their love. Even if the entire society has such an attitude toward love, it is still not a true attitude. People are very vulnerable to Satan’s invasion in their love.

We have seen how soldiers returning from war have rushed to embrace their wives and children. If they could feel such passion after only a few years’ separation, imagine how Adam and Eve would want to approach each other after having been separated for thousands of years. Do you think God expects them to approach other slowly, in a dignified way? Or wouldn’t God and the universe expect them to just crash together? First love is like being blind and crashing into someone-someone is bound to get bruised-but that is a happy hurt! It is a violent sort of love, you might say.

The loving man and woman would give no thought to what might happen to themselves; instead they would crash headlong into each other. That ideal loving couple wouldn’t have to think about getting into their bed because God Himself would be right there to form a perfect cushion for their lovemaking. God will be participating in their love so that they can experience the most harmonious unity. God will be like the nucleus and surrounding Him will be the man and woman-all three united into one. At this time the faster and more fierce the crashing together, the better it is. They are traveling so fast and with such an impact that God as the buffer will feel pain, but He doesn’t mind. He wants to participate in their love.

After the man and woman come together by the force of their love, what happens? By the law of physics, that energy will diffuse and return to a slower state. Then the next time they engage in love, the force between them will have grown a little more. Every time they repeat their lovemaking, the energy between them becomes broader and broader. Ultimately everything feels their love-the individual, the family, the nation, and even the whole earth. When the man and woman are loving in this fashion and with this force and magnitude, they will have sons and daughters who can embrace the universe as a result of the universal love of the parents.

God goes all the way to the top but as soon as He reaches there, He must come back down. He does not remain on top all the time. The children are the purpose and objective of the father, the mother, and of God Himself. We call that the triple objective purpose. Everyone together creates the four position foundation, as the nucleus. This is where all the love relationships are focused-parental love, children’s love, conjugal love. God and man form their subject-object relationship in the universe on this foundation.

The love between the spouses meets at the central point and the children’s love toward their parents joins with them. The love between people is the minus aspect. Once that minus aspect reaches the central point, the plus element of God’s love will automatically come down to join with it. This is how it works. At that moment of union, that exact spot is the center of the universe. What does it mean to be the center? Every axis must pass through that point. The love of that family is then to be expanded into the love of race, love of nation, world, and universe.

Heaven is to be occupied by the fruit of these seeds. In spirit world these fruits automatically achieve unity and harmony with God. There will be no element which goes against God. So this is like a story of how the good seed goes into the Heavenly warehouse.

People have an eternal life in spirit world so why must we spend time on this earth? The only purpose of coming here is to bear the fruits of love. As soon as a person does that, he can go to spirit world and live eternally. Life on earth is like a flicker of a second compared to the eternal life in Heaven.

We can see this purpose exemplified in the trees. They do not bear blossoms all 365 days of the year. Their time to blossom is only very short, a matter of days; then they bear their fruit. Soon afterwards they begin the cycle all over again. Fruit requires all the nourishment the tree can draw from the earth and the sky so trees absorb all the nutrition they possibly can from their environment. They must absorb it with a harmonious, loving spirit; they do not have the ability to take from their environment with a spirit of selfishness and destructiveness.

Whether it is a plant, an animal, or a man-or even God-everyone exists in the direct line of love. They all center upon love in the process of bearing their fruit. Positive and negative elements must come together with the attitude of love if they are to be consistent with the direction of God’s love. Thus the spirit world is the world of love because it is the continuation of this world. The spirit world is filled with the air of love. As long as you have perfected your seed and fruit, you are welcomed and free anywhere you go in spirit world. No element there will reject you. But unless your seed is perfected, you are a foreign element there.

If Adam and Eve had not fallen, mankind would never have experienced such agony. The children would only have had to follow the parents in their love and when the time came, the children as perfected seeds would automatically live in eternal happiness in spirit world. This was the original path for which mankind was created. Thus no religion was supposed to be necessary; the difficult ways we must go now would never have been necessary either.

For the first time in history and after such a long time of sacrifice and preparation on the part of God, we can not only talk about these truths but because of True Parents, we can also know that kind of ideal life realistically.

Certainly we see love in the satanic world; in fact, it permeates that world. But we see a different kind of love in the Heavenly world. The love which is outside of God’s realm knows only how to retaliate against one’s enemies. Those who love each other fight against their common enemies. But in God’s world, we love even the enemy and we never retaliate against others. When we love even our enemy, Satan must run away because he has no foundation to claim anything as his own.

Human history has this problem of love to solve before it can reach the ideal. This is what Jesus tried to teach. He was telling people that if they wanted to go east, they should go west. If they wanted to live, they must die. If they wanted to die, they would live. This paradox can be understood once we understand the difference between the original state and the way it became inverted. Although everyone may think they are moving toward the west, it is actually the east they are pursuing and vice-versa. So we know enough now to go the right direction.

As members of the Unification Church, we must love everybody. First we must love our enemies, whether some personal enemy or some enemy on the family level. We must love them more than anybody else. The same is true for the country-a country must love its enemy country more than any other country. Otherwise we cannot go to Heaven because Heaven will reject us.

According to this reasoning, what is the biggest enemy, greater than any other? It is the enemy who put the entire universe into chaos and destruction, the biggest enemy of all-Satan. We must love even that enemy. We must love him because God must love him; that is exactly God’s position. The archangel robbed God of His love and His family; he destroyed the possibility of God’s country and God’s universe. Satan is truly God’s arch-enemy. Since God is omnipotent, He could ruthlessly destroy Satan if He wanted to. However, God did not and would not do that because His love never operates out of hatred and destruction.

Although Satan is the most vicious, ugly, and unimaginably evil entity opposed to God, he may still some day bow down in humility to God. Until that day, God will continue in this direction. True Parents will continue and you must continue in this direction to gain overall victory. Do you understand?

We have indeed come a long way from the humble start of the True Parents in this dispensation. All the conditions have been made and now we are about ready to receive the actual physical blessings from God that have been usurped by the ungodly world. If God consistently loves all mankind and everything, even Satan, and Satan still refuses to go along with God, then God can do something. He will say, “If you do not go along with me even after all this, I will take someone away from you whom you love the most. Will you continue to embrace your illicit love and refuse to accept the original love of God?”

The universe is watching as a test is being administered to Reverend Moon in the form of the loss of Heung Jin Nim. God was watching, as well as the rest of the universe, to see who Reverend Moon loved the most-mankind and God, or his own son. Can Satan still try to hurt God at this point? No, God is indignant. He will take away from the satanic world something that they cherish the most, something which is most valuable to Satan. This is because of the victory of the True Parents in their loss of Heung Jin Nim.

The satanic forces must watch now as God takes everything in the proper direction of His dispensation. That is the way we have been going-by sacrifice and suffering we have been gradually moving the universe into the realm of God. The universe, including Satan and God, saw that Reverend Moon accepted the death of Heung Jin Nim with true love toward mankind and God, not primarily as a personal loss. I understood one principle: when I make an offering to God, I should not shed any tears about it. Thus even though my love for Heung Jin Nim was so great, there were no tears on my face at the time of the offering.

By this rightful offering, we can pay the price for all those things which God initially lost and bring them back into God’s realm. The satanic realm sees that they cannot continue to hurt God’s side without losing even more. Indeed, this is the highest point we could come in the way of suffering and sacrifice. But now is the great transition point. From here on, there will be a great change. If Satan hurts us any more, he will have to pay back double and even triple. This transition is most important because until now, darkness and fear ruled the world. From here on, love and light will begin to reign.

Without true love, we cannot separate Satan from the world. We cannot remove Satan by plotting, planning or by any such means. I have dedicated everything for this country; certainly they have not yet recognized it. But from now on, people will begin to see that what Reverend Moon has been doing is genuine and good for America. Americans have their own culture, their own expressions and so forth, yet genuine people in America will come to recognize the purity and depth of the love of Reverend Moon and they will repent. Because they have original minds, they will be able to understand my true love and they will express their gratitude.

We fight against communism, not because we hate Communists or because we want to destroy them, but in order to save them from that destructive way of thinking. We have now proclaimed the Day of Victory of Love, just as we proclaimed the Day of Victory of Heaven several years ago. I have established victory over the cruelest test of love-the loss of my own flesh and blood. In the face of that pain, I did not falter in my love of mankind and Heaven. This has proven the victory to the satisfaction of both Satan and God. Even Satan will bow down to me, “You are indeed a being of Heaven. I cannot match you.”

I will continue to live this public way of life and nothing whatsoever can stop me. Although the realm of death struck the realm of love, taking away a most precious life, the strength of love has not even been dented. Heung Jin Nim has gone but he has left a legacy of his powerful love for his parents.

What are the future implications of Heung Jin Nim’s death? In a practical sense, good things will occur at a faster rate than before. This world had been dwelling in darkness and the realm of death but I gave my own son so that the realm of life and love could prevail.

This morning at 5:00, I received a report from Korea. About 3,000 people participated in the Ascension Procession. The whole area was represented, even the government, which gave an escort all the way to the tomb area. Also they permitted a huge motorcade in which representatives of 72 countries participated. They allowed the use of enormous flower wreaths, something which they don’t even use for heads of state. That means they understood-if not consciously, then spiritually-that this is an event of cosmic and historical significance and they cooperated fully with us at this time.

This is the largest ascension ceremony we have ever had yet in history. Certainly it is the most meaningful one ever to God. We must quickly rid ourselves of any sadness and begin to take up our righteous cause, with great hope for the victory.

Life comes to this earth, starting from love. As it develops it makes lots of connections, like a tree developing lots of branches and leaves. While a person is growing, he is learning to love. A husband learns to love his wife and a wife, her husband; together they learn to love their children; and the children learn to love their parents. By experiencing all these facets of life, each grows and eventually returns to where he began-to love. This is the purpose of our life here on earth; it is where we have come from and where we are going.

We must realize the principle that is governing this universe. Even animals will protect their children at the sacrifice of their own lives. Certainly that feeling is much stronger in man. If any loving parent has a choice between dying himself or letting his child die, certainly he would prefer to die himself. The vertical relationship is so important that it enables man to sacrifice his horizontal existence. The relationship between husband and wife is horizontal but the parent and child have a vertical relationship. A person will prefer to give up his horizontal relationships for the sake of the child. Likewise, the horizontal axis must adjust itself to the vertical one.

Therefore, we have the commandment to love God more than anyone, including our spouse. That is because God is the source of the vertical line and the conjugal relationship is a horizontal one. In order to ensure that the horizontal line exists at exactly 90 degrees with the vertical line, you must love God more than your spouse. After loving God that much and then loving your spouse, your horizontal line will automatically create a 90 degree angle. Each of the parents must love their children more than they love each other. This is for the same reason. They should love each other only on the foundation of loving their children more.

Whatever God loves the most, you also must love the most. Since God loves the children more than the couple and because He loves the whole purpose more, then we also must love them more. First we must love our parents; then we must love our children; finally, we must love our husband or wife-in that order. This order will be reflected through the levels of family, clan, nation, and so on to the cosmos.

Many modern Americans have the attitude that children are a burden to the pleasure of the husband and wife. They think that their own enjoyment is the purpose of their life. But if that way of thinking becomes dominant within a culture, it will quickly diminish. We must return to God’s principles. God’s way is actually the way that works the best in a practical sense, as well. The most general way of stating God’s principles is “Live for the sake of others, not oneself.”

Your grandparents have the tendency to love you even more than their own offspring. This is because the grandparents are one step closer to God than the parents. In God’s culture, the grandparents would be like the king and queen to the family. The children would greet the grandparents first in the morning. With such a pattern, God and the universe can preserve that family. No matter what, we can never forsake our parents or our children. You can get a divorce from your spouse but you can never be divorced from your vertical lineage; thus you must respect and preserve it. This is the law of the universe.

How far away is this proud American culture from God’s way of life! You too wanted to have parents who would sacrifice everything for your sake, but most of you did not have such parents. Too many husbands and wives only think about embracing each other, creating their own kingdom of heaven. But in that “kingdom of heaven,” their parents and their children are crying for their love. Certainly that is hell, not heaven. We clearly know what must occur. It is nothing less than a revolution. You must quickly change the prevailing attitudes to the original one.

Every form of love is found within the family. Within the triple objective purpose, which encompasses the love between the four elements of the family, the number 12 is the result. Within that realm, God dwells. If this is realized perfectly, those family members do not need to search for anything more. They are the rightful seeds, qualified to live forever in the Heavenly Kingdom. Their family is like a warehouse in which the seeds are stored for Heaven and eternity.

Such a family will extend their love toward all things. They will love animals, the plant world, and all of the creation. Beyond that, they will love the spirit world as much as they love each other. Before God ever created man, He created the world of creation. That was because man was supposed to gain the sensation and knowledge of God’s love from the animals and plants. Everything is directed ultimately for love-the birds and all of creation are there to remind us of love. The natural world is a textbook of love.

We must connect ourselves with our parents and our grandparents. Your own grandparents must grab hold of you and say, “I cannot live without you.” Likewise, your parents must say, “I can give up everything but not you.” There are different societies in spirit world-there is the society of young people, older people, and so on. When you become the fruit of true love within such a family, you can go anywhere and be completely welcome. There is total freedom for the seed of love. You can even jump up on the head of God and He will love you all the more. There is no “decorum” necessary.

In order to make your parents and your grandparents love you in such a fashion, you must also love your parents, grandparents, and your children in such a fashion. Your spouse must be willing to love and serve your parents. There is no room in the Unification Church for senior citizen’s homes.

You must clearly understand what to expect from people. A baby wets his diaper and makes a lot of mess and when people are old and about to go to spirit world, they may behave like babies once again. They may even wet their diapers again. We are expected to take care of them just as we take care of our own babies. There is no difference except that the grandparents are even more precious. Those who care for their parents and grandparents in such a way will find themselves well prepared for the spirit world. Do you understand why we must do that?

Suppose I decided to drop in on you someday and even to live with you. Would you tell me, “No, Father, we don’t need any old people in our house. Everything valuable in America is young!” You don’t want to say that because Mother and I are your True Parents. You should be thinking about how you would take care of us if we came to live with you. Ask yourself which room you would give us, what foods you would serve, and so forth. You should always be thinking that way.

I would never demand from you but you should ask me, “What can I do to please you?” Thus when I walk into your home as the parent I would expect you to drop everything else. There is nothing more important than the visit of True Parents. You should say, “I don’t know what to do. What can I do next for you?” According to the original standard, the parents are the owners of the children’s home.

It is remote from God’s way that parents have to phone for permission before visiting their children’s homes. The parents should be free to just walk in at any time. Would you welcome such a bold visit from True Parents? Since True Parents are physically limited and we cannot visit tens of thousands of your homes, I will appoint someone to go in our place. Will you honor them just as if it were Mother and me?

The whole purpose of life here on earth is to learn how to love. You should love your parents, your children, and your spouse with the intensity of pure, first love. That will bring total fulfillment to you and to your environment. How beautiful it is to embrace your elderly grandparents. In spite of the great age difference, you can love each other as if you belonged ~o the same generation. The value of such love goes beyond any amount of money or any other thing. When God sees such a loving scene, He will bow down His own head in thanks.

It is such a beautiful sight to God when 90 year old grandparents are embracing their great-grandchildren, who are just babies. But in modern society in America, many parents discourage the grandparents from taking an active part in the lives of the children. They complain about the children being “spoiled” and so forth, but that is going against the law of nature. Children need the love of grandparents and vice-versa.

Each person needs his passport of love enabling him to enjoy total freedom when he goes to spirit world. Where can we get this passport? Only through our own children’s, parents’, and grandparents’ approval. They have to tell us we are worthy of Heaven. Can you name any other kind of love which I didn’t mention today? All the types of love are included within the family-including the love of country and the universe.

When the elderly people living in senior citizens’ homes hear what Reverend Moon is teaching and doing, will they rejoice? Young people as well will become so grateful to Reverend Moon for showing them the right order of relationship with their own parents and grandparents. Once those people clearly understand my message, they will all welcome me. I have been striving to teach this message of love all along, yet I have been misunderstood and persecuted. There is nothing more valuable for American people than love. We Moonies know this clearly. Therefore, you will even sacrifice your life for the love of God.

Everything can be burned up or washed away but because of you, there is a seed of hope on the earth. This seed will perpetuate and become like a tremendous vine, growing forever and ever. No power exists which can stop this hope. The roots of a tree can penetrate even a huge rock; in exactly the same way, the power of love will grow and take root over the whole earth.

You must be proud of being Moonies, proud of practicing the Heavenly tradition of love here on earth. You must understand that you are creating the foundation for the fulfillment of your life’s purpose, which is to connect your love to everyone in the world. Everything happens within your own family, the unit of the Kingdom of Heaven.

If any of you couples have had the habit of fighting among yourselves, you must stop that. There is no other happiness except within your own family; the Kingdom of Heaven must be realized there. If the whole world were dwelling in peace but you and your spouse were in conflict, you would have nothing to do with the world’s peace. Do you understand that clearly now?

Each of you is following the path that I have been treading toward harmony within the family and throughout the world. That means you must love your enemies. If you are white, then you must love black and yellow people. If you are German, you must love Americans and vice-versa. Japanese have been the enemies of Americans and the Koreans and Japanese have been enemies. All those four enemy countries must come to love one another.

This is exactly what we are accomplishing in our international marriages. But once you are married, it must be more than just in name-you must truly love one another. God bless you.